{"title":"Performance Parts","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"75\" data-end=\"357\"\u003eUnlock greater power, response and capability with premium \u003cstrong data-start=\"134\" data-end=\"211\"\u003eperformance parts designed for serious 4x4 and performance vehicle builds\u003c\/strong\u003e. This collection brings together high-quality components engineered to improve engine performance, airflow, cooling and overall driving dynamics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"359\" data-end=\"682\"\u003eAt Hoonies Adrenaline, every performance component is selected based on real-world testing and reliability. The focus is not just on increasing power figures, but on delivering upgrades that improve \u003cstrong data-start=\"558\" data-end=\"619\"\u003ethrottle response, efficiency, durability and drivability\u003c\/strong\u003e in demanding conditions. \u003cspan class=\"\" data-state=\"closed\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"684\" data-end=\"1095\"\u003eThe performance parts in this collection are sourced from leading automotive brands known for producing high-quality engineering and motorsport-proven components. These include brands such as \u003cstrong data-start=\"876\" data-end=\"965\"\u003eTurbosmart, Process West, NGK, Manta Performance Exhausts, Powerbrake and Old Man Emu\u003c\/strong\u003e, alongside other specialist manufacturers used across modern 4x4 and performance platforms. \u003cspan class=\"\" data-state=\"closed\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1097\" data-end=\"1147\"\u003eTypical upgrades found in this collection include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"1149\" data-end=\"1545\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"iljbgm\" data-start=\"1149\" data-end=\"1208\"\u003eHigh-performance exhaust systems and turbo-back systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1rv8iks\" data-start=\"1209\" data-end=\"1266\"\u003eIntake systems and airbox upgrades to improve airflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1x70orv\" data-start=\"1267\" data-end=\"1312\"\u003eBoost control and turbocharger components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1ul4po\" data-start=\"1313\" data-end=\"1370\"\u003eCooling upgrades including intercoolers and radiators\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"c34jv8\" data-start=\"1371\" data-end=\"1422\"\u003ePerformance spark plugs and ignition components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"rxcp6o\" data-start=\"1423\" data-end=\"1482\"\u003eBrake performance upgrades for increased stopping power\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"10ocie6\" data-start=\"1483\" data-end=\"1545\"\u003eSupporting hardware designed for tuned and modified vehicles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1547\" data-end=\"1853\"\u003eMany of these upgrades are designed specifically for platforms such as the \u003cstrong data-start=\"1622\" data-end=\"1699\"\u003eFord Ranger Raptor, Ford Ranger Bi-Turbo, and modern performance vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e, ensuring compatibility and reliable gains when combined with professional calibration or supporting modifications. \u003cspan class=\"\" data-state=\"closed\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1855\" data-end=\"2118\"\u003eWhether you are building a \u003cstrong data-start=\"1882\" data-end=\"1977\"\u003ehigh-performance street truck, off-road performance build or fully tuned expedition vehicle\u003c\/strong\u003e, the products in this collection provide the essential components needed to increase power, improve response and enhance vehicle capability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2120\" data-end=\"2381\"\u003eAll performance parts supplied by Hoonies Adrenaline are chosen from trusted brands and proven components designed to handle demanding real-world conditions, ensuring your vehicle performs reliably both on and off the road.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"fenix-radiators-intercooler-pipe-kit-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-3-0l-petrol-2023","title":"Fenix Intercooler \u0026 Pipe Kit for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrade the intercooler and pipes in one go.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHard use puts both the intercooler and its pipework to work. This Fenix package replaces both with an aluminium cooling assembly and matching pipework, finished in black for a tidy installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDeveloped with CTB Performance for the 2022+ Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 petrol, it brings the cooler, pipes and connections into one purchase. It is a particularly useful option when you want to replace the whole factory intercooler arrangement in the same workshop visit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA complete cooling-and-pipe upgrade\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 440 × 185 × 115 mm bar-and-plate core has dual 50 mm inlets and a 63 mm outlet. CNC-machined connections accommodate the original blow-off valve, air-temperature sensor and recirculation pipe, keeping those factory components part of the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe intercooler adds 37.5% more capacity, with intake-air temperatures up to 20°C lower in Fenix testing. That extra cooling capacity is useful when the engine is working hard repeatedly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2022+ Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCore size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e440 × 185 × 115 mm; excludes tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium bar-and-plate intercooler and aluminium pipes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConnections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual 50 mm inlet; 63 mm outlet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack cooler and pipework\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCapacity and tested temperature change\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37.5% greater intercooler capacity; up to 20°C lower IAT in Fenix testing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFactory parts retained\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlow-off valve, air-temperature sensor and recirculation connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation change\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory intercooler shroud removed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the intercooler around your build\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\" style=\"max-width: 100%; overflow-x: auto;\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"range-comparison\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eIntercooler\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePipework\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eInstallation difference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eWhy choose it\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTurbosmart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£851.94\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal \/ factory-style pipes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory shutter and shroud retained\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChoose it to keep the factory shutter arrangement and avoid cutting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFenix cooler + pipes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,250.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium pipe kit included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory intercooler shroud removed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChoose the complete cooler-and-pipe upgrade in one purchase.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProcess West Stage 1\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,276.44\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory pipes compatible; hard pipes separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShutter removal, motor relocation, drilling and trimming\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChoose the factory-position Process West upgrade, with room to add its hard pipes later.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProcess West Stage 2\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,770.31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory pipes compatible; Stage 2 hard pipes separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrimming, plastic drilling and shutter-motor relocation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChoose the larger Process West core layout and allow for the more involved fitting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese prices cover the parts shown; fitting is separate. The table compares what you buy and what changes on the truck. The individual pages give the core dimensions and any product-specific test results.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFenix Pro Series intercooler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatching aluminium intercooler pipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack silicone joiners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstant-tension hose clamps, fittings and installation hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe black cooler and pipework are the configuration described here. The original valve and sensors are reused; an upgraded blow-off valve and fitting labour are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePlan the fitting once\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit uses the original sensor and mounting connections, but the factory intercooler shroud must be removed. Have the installer check the front-end layout alongside any bull bar, skid plates or additional transmission cooler.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe would combine the cooler and pipe fitting in the same job. The supplied parts are designed to work together, avoiding a second strip-down simply to replace the intercooler pipes later.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFor the next drive and the next service\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the core face free of packed mud and inspect the hose joints, brackets and sensor connections during servicing. Aluminium pipework still depends on correctly installed joiners and clamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a charge-air cooler. It does not cool the gearbox oil or replace the engine radiator. If transmission temperature is the concern, the Fenix transmission cooler tackles that separate circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRelated products and fitting information\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fenixcooling.co.nz\/pages\/intk5002\"\u003eFenix installation guide\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-1-intercooler\"\u003eProcess West Stage 1 Intercooler for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/turbosmart-performance-intercooler-for-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-2023\"\u003eTurbosmart Intercooler for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/fenix-radiators-transmission-cooler-ford-ranger-raptor-3-0l-2022-2025\"\u003eFenix Transmission Cooler Kit for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-2-intercooler\"\u003eProcess West Stage 2 Intercooler for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the price include the pipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This package includes the intercooler, aluminium pipes, silicone joiners, clamps and fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a new blow-off valve included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo upgraded valve is included in this configuration. The kit has the connection for your original valve.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I keep the factory shroud?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Fenix requires removal of the factory intercooler shroud for this installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it also cool the transmission?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The transmission uses a separate fluid circuit and requires its own cooler.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fenix","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51420620587350,"sku":null,"price":1250.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/1_1.webp?v=1758921633"},{"product_id":"fenix-radiators-transmission-cooler-ford-ranger-raptor-3-0l-2022-2025","title":"Fenix Transmission Cooler Kit for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore transmission cooling for long, loaded drives.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTowing, low-speed off-road work and performance driving can keep an automatic transmission working hard for long stretches. This Fenix kit gives the Ranger Raptor a dedicated 19-row oil cooler, with the lines and brackets to fit it as a complete installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDeveloped with CTB Performance, it bypasses the original transmission oil cooler without requiring that unit to be removed. The black finish and purpose-made mounting keep the extra hardware neatly integrated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCooling for the gearbox’s own fluid\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 19-row drawn-cup core measures 220 × 140 × 50 mm, with an overall cooler body of 328 × 140 × 50 mm. Braided-sheath -8AN hose and CNC hose ends connect it through the supplied bypass bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTransmission temperatures were up to 15% lower in Fenix dyno testing. We recommend choosing the cooler around the loads and conditions your Raptor regularly handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2022+ Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19-row drawn-cup oil cooler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCore dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 × 140 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBody dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e328 × 140 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConnections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-8AN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBillet aluminium bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOriginal cooler\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRetained physically; bypassed by supplied bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExtra fluid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 litre of manufacturer-specified ATF required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer test result\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 15% lower transmission temperature; conditions affect results\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOILK5002\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with the kit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e19-row transmission cooler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e-8AN lines and fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOEM oil-cooler bypass bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBillet aluminium cooler mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow for one litre of additional manufacturer-specified transmission fluid and professional installation. The intercooler and any upgraded engine radiator are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow the installation changes the circuit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe original oil cooler stays physically in place and is bypassed using the CNC bracket. The new cooler therefore takes over that cooling route through the supplied bypass connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fitter needs to route and secure the new hoses, check the bypass connections, add the correct fluid and verify the final level. Plan clearances alongside an aftermarket intercooler, front protection or other cooling accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after the upgrade\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the cooler face clear, inspect the hoses for rubbing and check the fittings during servicing. If gearbox temperatures or shifts have changed unexpectedly, have the cause diagnosed as well; a cooler is not a cure for every transmission problem.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRelated products and fitting information\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fenixcooling.co.nz\/pages\/instructions\"\u003eFenix installation resources\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/fenix-radiators-intercooler-pipe-kit-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-3-0l-petrol-2023\"\u003eFenix Intercooler \u0026amp; Pipe Kit for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-transmission-cooler\"\u003eProcess West Transmission Cooler for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I remove the original transmission cooler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It remains in place, but the supplied bracket bypasses it in the oil circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs extra fluid needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. You need one litre of additional ATF to the correct vehicle specification, with the final level checked during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the hoses and mounting bracket included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The kit includes -8AN lines and fittings, the cooler mounting bracket, the bypass bracket and fitting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes this raise the towing limit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The Raptor’s towing, payload and axle limits remain those of the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fenix","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51434838032726,"sku":null,"price":850.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/1_2.webp?v=1759069988"},{"product_id":"ngk-ruthenium-ltr6bhx-90495-spark-plugs-ford-ranger-raptor-3-0l-2022-2025","title":"NGK Ruthenium LTR6BHX (90495) Spark Plugs - Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L 2022-2025 Ignition Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003eNGK LTR6BHX Spark Plugs for Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eNGK Ruthenium LTR6BHX (90495) spark plugs are for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol owners looking to refresh the ignition system with a recognised NGK Ruthenium HX plug. For a turbocharged petrol 4x4 that may be used for road driving, towing, fast road use or off-road trips, consistent ignition is a small detail that can make a big difference to how cleanly the engine runs under load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSpark plugs do not add power on their own. Their job is to provide the spark needed for controlled combustion. When plugs are worn, incorrectly matched or not suited to the engine's operating demands, the result can be rough running, hesitation or misfire symptoms, especially when the engine is hot or working hard. Choosing the correct NGK part number helps keep ignition service straightforward and gives the fitter a clear reference point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat These NGK Ruthenium Spark Plugs Do\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe LTR6BHX is an NGK Ruthenium HX resistor spark plug identified by stock number 90495. It is used as an ignition service component for petrol engines, helping deliver the spark required to ignite the air-fuel mixture in each cylinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor Ranger Raptor owners, the key benefit is not a vague performance claim; it is maintenance confidence. A fresh, correctly specified spark plug helps the engine management system do its job cleanly, supports consistent combustion, and is a sensible service choice when the vehicle is used hard or maintained as part of a performance-focused build.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNGK Ruthenium HX spark plug technology for petrol ignition applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLTR6BHX and 90495 identifiers make part matching easier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResistor type spark plug, supporting modern ignition system requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful when servicing ignition components before further diagnosis or tuning work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelevant for owners who want a known NGK spark plug rather than a generic alternative.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFord Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 Fitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis product is positioned for the Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol, 2022-2025. Keep that application narrow when ordering. The Next-Gen Ranger Raptor is a specific petrol V6 platform, so part matching should be based on engine, year and the NGK part reference rather than a broad Ford Ranger search.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you are servicing the full V6 ignition system, make sure the quantity in your basket matches the number of plugs you intend to replace. Pack formats can vary between sellers and options, so it is worth checking before booking workshop time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Ignition Service Upgrade Makes Sense\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese NGK spark plugs are a practical choice for owners who are refreshing ignition components as part of routine maintenance or preparing the vehicle for more demanding use. They suit the buyer who wants to reduce uncertainty around plug choice, especially when the vehicle is driven under load, used for touring, or maintained alongside other performance parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoutine spark plug replacement on the stated Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreventative maintenance before diagnosing rough running or ignition-related symptoms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreparation for hard road driving, towing or off-road trips where clean engine response matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupporting a modified or tuned vehicle with ignition components that should be checked as part of the wider setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor modified vehicles, spark plug condition and gap should be considered alongside the calibration, fuel quality and hardware fitted to the vehicle. If you are unsure whether this is the right plug for your setup, contact Hoonies Adrenaline before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNGK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRuthenium HX resistor spark plug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart Number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLTR6BHX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStock Number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90495\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHoonies SKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLTR6BHX90495\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol, 2022-2025\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReach\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTapered seat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHex Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpark Plug Gap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.8 mm (0.032 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectrode Technology\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRuthenium HX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBefore Ordering and Fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore ordering, compare the NGK LTR6BHX and 90495 references against your vehicle requirements. Check your model year, engine and any existing service information. If the vehicle has been tuned or modified, speak to the tuner or installer about the correct plug gap and service interval for that setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstallation should follow the correct workshop procedure for the vehicle. Use the correct tools, avoid over-tightening, and follow the relevant torque guidance from the vehicle or plug manufacturer. If you are not comfortable working around coil packs and spark plug wells, professional fitting is the safest route.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this spark plug for the Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is offered for the Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol from 2022-2025. Because spark plug fitment is engine-specific, check the vehicle details and NGK LTR6BHX 90495 part reference before fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does Ruthenium HX mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRuthenium HX is NGK's spark plug technology used on this part number. For the buyer, the important point is that it identifies a specific NGK ignition component rather than a generic replacement plug.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill these spark plugs increase power?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSpark plugs are service components, not standalone power adders. Fresh, correctly matched plugs help support reliable ignition, which is important when the engine is working hard or when other performance work has been carried out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many spark plugs should I order for a full V6 service?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA V6 ignition service normally requires six spark plugs. Pack quantities can vary, so check the quantity being supplied and order enough for the work you plan to complete.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan these be used on tuned vehicles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey can be considered as part of ignition maintenance on a performance-focused Ranger Raptor, but plug gap and suitability should match the vehicle's calibration, hardware and use. Ask Hoonies Adrenaline if you need help checking suitability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need special fitting equipment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo special performance equipment is stated for this product, but correct spark plug tools, care around the ignition coils, gap checking and the correct torque procedure are important for a clean installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePayment Terms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor UK customers, the price shown includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs, so you can order with confidence and avoid unexpected customs bills after purchase. If any customs-related questions or issues arise, Hoonies Adrenaline will handle them for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor orders outside the UK, please contact us through the contact form before purchasing so we can prepare a personalised quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping and Lead Times\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe aim to keep strong stock availability across the products we sell, but imported, specialist and custom-order items may have a lead time. If you need an estimated delivery window before ordering, please contact us and we will be happy to check this for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you place an order for an item that is currently out of stock or already on order with a supplier, Hoonies Adrenaline will contact you as soon as possible with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"NGK","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51435377819990,"sku":"LTR6BHX90495","price":139.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/s-l1600.png?v=1759075321"},{"product_id":"longranger-replacement-extended-140-litre-fuel-tank-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-petrol-2022","title":"LongRanger TR98 140L Petrol Fuel Tank for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlan the trip around where you want to go, with more freedom between fuel stops.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLonger stretches between fuel stops mean more freedom over where the day takes you. The LongRanger TR98 replaces the Raptor’s 80-litre petrol tank with a 140-litre tank in the original underbody position, keeping the load bed free for the trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat is 60 litres of additional capacity—a 75% increase. The gain is fuel carried, not a fixed mileage promise; the range you see depends on consumption, terrain and load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-identifiers\"\u003eManufacturer part number: TR98\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExtra fuel without giving up load-bed space\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe TR98 fits in the original under-vehicle tank position on the 2022+ Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 petrol. Its 2 mm aluminised steel construction and internal baffling provide a robust touring tank, with baffling helping control fuel movement around the pick-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes the additional carbon-canister equipment required by its installation. This is extra petrol storage for the trip; it leaves the engine’s high-pressure pump and injectors doing their existing jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2022+ Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFuel compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePetrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOriginal-tank reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 litres for this vehicle application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 mm aluminised steel with internal baffling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLocation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal tank position under the vehicle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAdded tank weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.8 kg; additional fuel load must also be considered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExhaust modification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot required with the specified standard exhaust arrangement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFitting guide time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately three hours; actual fitting time depends on vehicle condition\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFuel-vapour equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional carbon canister supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat could the extra capacity mean for your trip?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse your own fuel economy to judge the benefit. These examples use UK imperial mpg and nominal full capacity before a reserve.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eIllustrative economy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003e80 litres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003e140 litres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e15 UK mpg\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e264 miles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e462 miles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e20 UK mpg\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e352 miles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e616 miles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e25 UK mpg\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e440 miles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e770 miles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe figures are arithmetic illustrations rounded to the nearest mile, not road-test results. For your own estimate, divide the litres you plan to use by 4.54609 and multiply by your UK mpg. Leave out your chosen reserve and allow for towing, terrain, load and changing conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included and how it fits\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes the replacement tank, mounting and fitting hardware, additional carbon-canister equipment, float-arm components and instructions. The original filler, sender and pick-up arrangement is reused or adapted as directed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow approximately three hours as the manufacturer’s fitting guide. The job includes fuel and vapour connections, mounting work and drilling specified mounting holes, so use a professional fuel-system installer. Labour, fuel and an underbody guard are separate. Match any new guard to the exact tank shape and mounting arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo exhaust modification is required with the specified standard exhaust arrangement. The tank is designed to sit at the original tank bash-plate height. An aftermarket exhaust, protection or suspension change needs its own clearance check.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGet to know the gauge from the first fill\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe gauge remains functional, but the larger tank changes its behaviour. It can stay on full longer, and the upper and lower portions do not represent equal fuel volumes. Half a gauge does not mean half of 140 litres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe original distance-to-empty calculation no longer works as intended. Keep records of distance and litres used to learn your Raptor’s consumption with the new tank, and retain a reserve when choosing fuel stops.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLoading and buying through us\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe replacement tank adds 31.8 kg. Include the additional petrol too, alongside passengers, luggage and accessories. The tank uses available payload and does not raise vehicle or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe UK price includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping. Fitting is separate; we can provide delivery timing and any address-specific arrangements. Non-UK orders need a quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLongRanger manufactured products carry a three-year warranty. Third-party components have their own terms, so keep the invoice and fitting information with the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it replace the original tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. TR98 is a replacement petrol tank in the original under-vehicle position, not an auxiliary tank needing a separate transfer system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich Raptor does it fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe next-generation Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 petrol from May 2022. It is not the earlier or diesel-Raptor tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I still use the fuel gauge and distance-to-empty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe gauge works but behaves differently with the larger tank. The original distance-to-empty calculation no longer works as intended. Use refuelling records and a reserve to plan stops.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it reduce ground clearance or need an exhaust change?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to sit at the original tank bash-plate height, with no exhaust modification for the specified standard arrangement. Aftermarket equipment needs its own clearance check.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the carbon canister included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The additional carbon canister and associated installation components are part of the kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it increase payload or GVM?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The tank and extra fuel consume available payload and need to be included in the vehicle and axle-load plan.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"LongRanger","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51435470455126,"sku":null,"price":1999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/rn-image_picker_lib_temp_aa9ed19a-f5f6-4f61-9688-0dbbab73cef0.webp?v=1773410254"},{"product_id":"manta-performance-exhaust-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-3-0l-v6-2022-2025-twin-3-stainless-steel-performance-exhaust-system","title":"Manta Twin 3-inch Exhaust for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 – Cat-back \u0026 Turbo-back","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your V6 a voice that makes the drive feel like an occasion.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Raptor has the presence. A Manta exhaust adds the sound and rear-end detail to make it feel more your own, with twin 3-inch pipework and factory exhaust-mode control on the cat-back and complete turbo-back kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a daily driver, we would start with the cat-back: Manta rear exhaust character and black tips while keeping the original front exhaust. The complete turbo-back adds the equal-length front section for the full Manta arrangement; the catted front kit lets you keep the standard rear system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your Manta system\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\" style=\"max-width: 100%; overflow-x: auto;\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"offer-table offer-comparison\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eWhy choose it\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCat-back\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMKFD0322\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£2,250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear system, bi-modal muffler and two black tips. Keeps existing downpipes\/catalysts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOur daily-driver starting point for sound and appearance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eComplete turbo-back\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMKFD0321\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£4,250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCatted downpipes, equal-length front section and complete rear system with two black tips.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull Manta front-to-rear arrangement.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCatted front kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMKFD0323\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£2,250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCatted downpipes, front pipes including equal-length section, standard-rear connectors.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpgrade the front while keeping the standard rear exhaust.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eNon-catted downpipes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMBE780\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£2,250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDownpipe component only; no catalysts, rear muffler or tips.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDedicated race\/track use only; connecting parts matched to the build.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe complete turbo-back is £2,000 above the cat-back at these prices. That adds the catted downpipes and equal-length front section as well as the rear system. SSMBE780 is for race\/track use only and is not suitable for public-road use, including driving to a trail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMKFD0321, SSMKFD0322 and SSMKFD0323: 2022+ Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0-litre V6 EcoBoost petrol.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePipework\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwin 3-inch on SSMKFD0321, SSMKFD0322 and SSMKFD0323; SSMBE780 is a dual 3-inch downpipe component.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e409-grade stainless steel with mandrel-bent tubing on SSMKFD0321, SSMKFD0322 and SSMKFD0323.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEqual-length front pipe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMBE777 right-hand trombone pipe with flex: included in SSMKFD0321 and SSMKFD0323; not included in SSMKFD0322.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCatalysts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-flow catalysts included in SSMKFD0321 and SSMKFD0323. SSMKFD0322 retains the existing catalysts. SSMBE780 has no catalysts.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExhaust control\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMKFD0321 and SSMKFD0322 include the SSMBM785MF bi-modal muffler assembly and retain factory exhaust-mode selection.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTailpipes and tips\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMKFD0321 and SSMKFD0322: left and right tailpipes with two black RX608WCSS-B tips; each tip has a 3-inch inlet, 4-inch outlet and 150 mm length.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStandard rear-exhaust connection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMKFD0323 includes SSMBE782 connectors for the standard cat-back. A different brand’s rear system needs its own connection check.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe three SSMKFD kits are designed and manufactured in Australia.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer warranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 years against defects for the three stainless SSMKFD kits, under the MPI\/Manta warranty terms.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHear the full turbo-back\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHear Manta’s complete turbo-back system as the V6 climbs through the revs. The recording is of the full system with its equal-length front section; the cat-back retains your existing front exhaust and has its own character.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/watch?v=xTB6Kx0Wrbk\u0026amp;t=50s\"\u003ePlay Manta’s Ranger Raptor full turbo-back recording\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cat-back and full system retain factory mode selection, giving you a choice of exhaust character for different journeys. For the sound you live with every day, the complete exhaust matters: the cat-back keeps your original front section, while the full turbo-back changes both ends of the system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe equal-length front section and finishing detail\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe right-hand SSMBE777 trombone pipe adds length to balance the path taken by pulses from the two cylinder banks. It is included in the full turbo-back and catted downpipe kits. On the complete turbo-back system, the equal-length layout gives the V6 a smoother, deeper exhaust note. The cat-back keeps your original front section.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe three SSMKFD kits use Australian-made 409-grade stainless pipework with mandrel bends that maintain the pipe section through the curves. On the cat-back and full turbo-back, the two black tips each have a 3-inch inlet, 4-inch outlet, 150 mm length and rolled inner cone. They give the rear of the Raptor a visible finishing touch even when it is parked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFull parts lists by kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"parts-list\"\u003e\u003csummary\u003eOpen the exact contents for each Manta kit\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSSMKFD0322 cat-back\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSSMBE783 connecting pipes; SSMBM785MF bi-modal muffler assembly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSSMBE778 over-axle section and SSMBE779 rear connector.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSSMBT788 left tailpipe, SSMBT789 right tailpipe and two RX608WCSS-B black tips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitting parts: one GMR008 rubber hanger, one MANTA-BOLTLOCKER, two PST015 sealant tubes, six GMG093-3 gaskets and 14 BOLT250 bolt\/nut sets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSSMKFD0321 full turbo-back\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSSMBC780 catted downpipes; SSMBE776 left front pipe and SSMBE777 right equal-length pipe, both with flex sections; SSMBE784 connectors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSSMBM785MF bi-modal muffler assembly, SSMBE778 over-axle section, SSMBE779 rear connector, SSMBT788\/789 tailpipes and two RX608WCSS-B black tips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitting parts: one GMR008 hanger, one MANTA-BOLTLOCKER, two FE042NEXT90 90-degree threaded oxygen-sensor nut extensions, two PST015 sealant tubes, six MNS003 nuts, nine GMG093-3 gaskets and 18 BOLT250 bolt\/nut sets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSSMKFD0323 catted downpipe kit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSSMBC780 catted downpipes, SSMBE776 left front pipe and SSMBE777 right equal-length pipe, both with flex sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSSMBE782 connecting pipes for the standard rear exhaust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitting parts: one MANTA-BOLTLOCKER, one PST015 sealant tube, two FE042NEXT90 90-degree threaded oxygen-sensor nut extensions, four GMG093-3 gaskets, six MNS003 nuts and eight BOLT250 bolt\/nut sets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSSMBE780 non-catted component\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the dual downpipe component without catalysts. It does not include a rear exhaust, bi-modal muffler assembly or tailpipe tips. It must be matched with the connecting parts required by your race or track build.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFE042NEXT90 is a threaded 90-degree O2 sensor nut extension, not an electrical extension lead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting your chosen combination\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting covers alignment, joints, leak checks, clearances and exhaust-mode operation. Labour and any calibration work are separate. A downpipe change needs the intended use and calibration assessed for the complete system; high-flow catalysts alone do not establish road approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSSMKFD0323 includes SSMBE782 connectors for the standard rear exhaust. Another brand’s rear system needs its connection matched separately. The loose SSMBE777 equal-length pipe connects to an existing Manta system; it does not include the catted kit’s standard-rear adapters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInclude a long-range tank or underbody protection in the fitting plan. If you are keeping another brand’s exhaust, its make and part number let us help identify the right connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBuying your Manta through us\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe UK price includes VAT, customs and delivery unless checkout states otherwise. Fitting is separate. These systems are available to order; establish the delivery estimate before booking workshop time. Outside the UK, shipping is shown at checkout and local import charges remain your responsibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe three stainless SSMKFD kits have a ten-year manufacturer warranty against defects from the invoice date. The warranty excludes wear and cosmetic deterioration, failure caused by alteration or abuse, heat-wrapped parts, and catalyst failure with aftermarket forced induction. Associated labour and freight are excluded.  Your rights against us as the retailer are separate from the manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.mpiautomotive.com\/warranty-claims\"\u003eRead the MPI\/Manta warranty terms\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich one would you choose for a daily driver?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe would start with the SSMKFD0322 cat-back for Manta rear exhaust character, black tips and factory mode control while keeping the existing downpipes and catalysts. Choose the full turbo-back when you also want the equal-length front section.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I still use the factory exhaust modes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with the cat-back and full turbo-back kits. The catted downpipe kit keeps your existing rear system and its controls; the downpipe options do not supply a new rear valve assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the cat-back have the equal-length pipe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. SSMBE777 is included in SSMKFD0321 and SSMKFD0323. The catted kit also supplies the connectors for the standard rear exhaust.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it drone on the motorway?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cat-back keeps the original downpipes and catalysts and retains factory exhaust-mode control, which is why we would start there for a daily driver. Cabin resonance varies with the complete system and driving conditions. The linked clip lets you hear the full turbo-back; it is not a cat-back cabin recording.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it add horsepower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAny gain depends on the full engine, fuel and calibration. We do not attach a fixed power increase to the exhaust alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the non-catted downpipes on the road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. SSMBE780 is for race or track use only. It has no catalysts and is not a complete rear exhaust system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the kits fit my 2022+ Raptor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSSMKFD0321, SSMKFD0322 and SSMKFD0323 fit the 2022+ Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol. Existing exhaust and underbody accessories still need to suit the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat about my vehicle warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Manta product warranty is separate from vehicle cover. Discuss the planned exhaust change with your warranty provider and have the installer establish the exact system’s suitability for its intended use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Manta","offers":[{"title":"SSMKFD0321 - Full Turbo Back Exhaust","offer_id":52316675801430,"sku":"SSMKFD0321","price":4250.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"SSMKFD0322 - Cat Back","offer_id":52316675834198,"sku":"SSMKFD0322","price":2250.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"SSMKFD0323 - Downpipes (With Cats)","offer_id":52316675866966,"sku":"SSMKFD0323","price":2250.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"SSMBE780 - Downpipes (No Cats)","offer_id":52630661202262,"sku":"SSMBE780","price":2250.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/1a.png?v=1761063141"},{"product_id":"performance-thermostat-kit-ford-raptor-3-0l-2022-2025","title":"Hoonies Adrenaline Performance Thermostat Kit – Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 (2022–2025) Engine Cooling Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePerformance Thermostat Kit for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 (2022–2025)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow This Thermostat Kit Enhances Engine Cooling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hoonies Adrenaline Performance Thermostat Kit is engineered for the Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol (2022–2025), providing a direct-fit solution for owners who demand reliable engine cooling under tough conditions. By opening at a lower temperature than the factory thermostat, this kit allows coolant to circulate sooner, helping to stabilise engine temperatures during aggressive driving, towing, or off-road use. This is especially important for vehicles with performance upgrades or those regularly exposed to high thermal loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolving Real-World Engine Heat Issues in the Ranger Raptor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh engine temperatures are a common challenge for Ranger Raptor owners who push their vehicles on rugged terrain, tow heavy loads, or run performance modifications. Heat soak can lead to reduced power, increased wear, and even limit the effectiveness of ECU tuning. The Hoonies Adrenaline kit directly addresses these issues by enabling earlier coolant flow, reducing the risk of thermal stress and supporting consistent power delivery, even in the harshest environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Should Choose This Thermostat Kit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOwners of Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol (2022–2025) seeking improved cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDrivers who regularly tow, haul, or operate in hot climates\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnthusiasts with ECU tuning or engine modifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOff-roaders who demand stable engine performance on challenging trails\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAnyone wanting to reduce the risk of heat-related engine issues\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy choosing this exact Hoonies Adrenaline kit, you ensure precise fitment and compatibility with your Raptor’s engine, avoiding the guesswork of universal solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits for Ranger Raptor Owners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnables earlier coolant circulation for improved thermal management\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHelps prevent engine heat soak and supports consistent performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect-fit replacement—no modifications required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports more aggressive tuning by keeping engine temperatures under control\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncludes all required components for straightforward installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoonies Adrenaline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerformance Thermostat Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 Petrol (2022–2025)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThermostat Opening Temperature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpens at a lower temperature than factory (factory opens at 106°C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDirect replacement, includes required fitment parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEngine cooling system upgrade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is designed for straightforward installation on the Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol (2022–2025). Only basic hand tools are needed, and no special modifications are required. Always ensure the engine is cool before beginning work, and follow manufacturer procedures for draining and refilling coolant. This upgrade is suitable for confident DIYers as well as professional workshops. For those with heavily tuned engines, consider pairing this kit with additional cooling upgrades for maximum benefit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this thermostat kit help my Ranger Raptor’s engine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt allows coolant to circulate earlier, reducing engine temperatures and helping to prevent heat soak—especially valuable under heavy loads or spirited driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this kit compatible with all 2022–2025 Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L V6 petrol models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is specifically engineered for the 3.0L V6 petrol variant from 2022 to 2025. It is not suitable for other engines or model years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install the kit myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is manageable for those with basic mechanical skills and tools. If you are unsure, professional installation is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this thermostat affect my vehicle warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModifying the cooling system may impact warranty coverage. Consult your vehicle manufacturer or dealer before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need other cooling upgrades with this kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor most applications, this kit alone is sufficient. For heavily modified engines, pairing with upgraded radiators or cooling components can further enhance performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this kit suitable for off-road and towing use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is designed to support stable engine temperatures in demanding conditions, making it ideal for off-road adventures and towing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Hoonies Adrenaline","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51743937102166,"sku":null,"price":99.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/1_cb835a26-1b9d-47d4-8424-40dc4ed9706c.webp?v=1762113148"},{"product_id":"manta-performance-exhaust-kit-toyota-land-cruiser-vdj79-series-4-5l-v8-single-dual2016-2025","title":"Manta VDJ79 Series Performance Exhaust Kit – Toyota Land Cruiser 4.5L V8 (2016–2025)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eManta Performance Exhaust Kit for Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUnlocking the Potential of Your VDJ79 Land Cruiser\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta Performance Exhaust Kit is purpose-built for the Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series 4.5L V8 Single and Dual Cab (2016–2025). Designed to replace the restrictive factory exhaust, this system helps owners seeking more responsive power delivery, a richer exhaust note, and improved efficiency—whether for heavy-duty towing, remote touring, or demanding off-road use. Manta’s reputation for robust, stainless steel construction and precise fitment ensures this kit is a trusted upgrade for serious Land Cruiser builds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Manta Exhaust Kit Improves Your Land Cruiser\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard exhaust on the VDJ79 Series is engineered for emissions and noise control, which can limit performance and responsiveness. The Manta kit addresses these limitations by reducing back pressure and optimising exhaust gas flow. This upgrade is especially valuable for drivers who:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRegularly tow heavy loads or operate in challenging off-road environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWant a more assertive exhaust sound and improved throttle response\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlan further performance modifications (such as intake or ECU tuning)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeek a durable, corrosion-resistant solution for harsh conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor many owners, the result is a more engaging driving experience and a Land Cruiser that feels less restricted, particularly under load or during overtaking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing Between DPF-Back and Turbo-Back Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta VDJ79 kit is available in two primary configurations, each with distinct benefits and considerations:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDPF-Back:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces the exhaust system from the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) rearwards. This option is typically compliant with road regulations and does not require ECU changes. It offers a noticeable improvement in exhaust note and modest gains in responsiveness, making it suitable for daily-driven vehicles or those needing to retain emissions equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurbo-Back:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces the entire exhaust system from the turbocharger outlet. This maximises exhaust flow and sound, but requires ECU recalibration to disable DPF-related functions. Turbo-back systems are intended for off-road or motorsport use only, as they may not comply with on-road emissions laws. This option is best for dedicated off-road builds or competition vehicles where maximum performance is the priority.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers should select the configuration that matches their intended use and local compliance requirements. If in doubt, consult a qualified installer or local authority before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits for VDJ79 Owners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEngineered specifically for Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series 4.5L V8 (2016–2025)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChoice of DPF-back (road-oriented) or turbo-back (off-road\/race) setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMultiple pipe diameters (3\" to 4\") to tailor exhaust flow and sound\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConstructed from stainless steel for long-term durability and corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports further performance upgrades and heavy-duty use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Durability\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManta exhaust systems are manufactured from high-grade stainless steel, ensuring resistance to rust and damage from mud, water crossings, and road debris. The robust design is intended for the harshest Australian and international conditions, making it a reliable choice for overland expeditions, commercial fleets, and enthusiast builds alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Practical Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes all required hardware for installation. While experienced owners may install a DPF-back system with standard tools, turbo-back configurations require ECU recalibration and are best handled by professionals familiar with performance diesel systems. Always verify local regulations regarding exhaust modifications—especially for turbo-back systems, which are not road legal in many regions. For UK buyers, pricing includes customs and VAT charges for a seamless purchase experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerformance Exhaust Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series 4.5L V8 Single\/Dual Cab (2016–2025)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConfiguration Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDPF-back, Turbo-back (off-road\/race use only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePipe Sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" to 4\" (varies by selection)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions – Manta VDJ79 Series Exhaust Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose between DPF-back and turbo-back configurations?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDPF-back systems are suitable for most road-driven vehicles and retain emissions compliance. Turbo-back systems maximise flow and sound but require ECU recalibration and are intended for off-road or motorsport use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this exhaust kit fit both single and dual cab VDJ79 models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the kit is designed for both single and dual cab Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series (2016–2025).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat performance improvements can I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost users experience improved throttle response and a deeper exhaust note. Power and efficiency gains depend on configuration, supporting modifications, and driving style. For specific figures, consult your installer or tuner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs ECU tuning always required?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eECU recalibration is only required for turbo-back systems to disable DPF functions. DPF-back systems typically do not need tuning, but may benefit from it for optimal results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install this kit myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExperienced DIYers may install DPF-back systems with standard tools. Turbo-back installations and ECU recalibration should be performed by professionals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the exhaust road legal in my country?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLegality varies by region and configuration. DPF-back systems are generally compliant, while turbo-back systems are for off-road\/race use only. Always check local laws before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Manta","offers":[{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 4\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":51963844231510,"sku":"SSMKTY0192","price":2399.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 4\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":51963844264278,"sku":"SSMKTY0193","price":2299.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":51963844297046,"sku":"SSMKTY0124","price":1799.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":51963844329814,"sku":"SSMKTY0125","price":1699.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":51963844362582,"sku":"SSMKTY0126","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Twin (Exiting Left \u0026 Right) \/ Medium","offer_id":51963844428118,"sku":"SSMKTY0130","price":2199.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 4\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":51963844526422,"sku":"SSMKTY0194","price":2199.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 4\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":51963844559190,"sku":"SSMKTY0195","price":2099.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":51963844591958,"sku":"SSMKTY0127","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":51963844624726,"sku":"SSMKTY0128","price":1499.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":51963844657494,"sku":"SSMKTY0129","price":1499.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Twin (Exiting Left \u0026 Right) \/ Medium","offer_id":51963844723030,"sku":"SSMKTY0132","price":1999.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Twin (Exiting Left \u0026 Right) \/ Loud","offer_id":51963844755798,"sku":"SSMKTY0133","price":1999.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"DPF Back \/ 4\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":51963844821334,"sku":"SSMKTY0191","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"DPF Back \/ 3\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":51963844886870,"sku":"SSMKTY0123","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"DPF Back \/ 3\" Twin (Exiting Left \u0026 Right) \/ Quiet","offer_id":51963844985174,"sku":"SSMKTY0134","price":1699.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/79_Product_Single_Dual_Cab_Image_1_2016-ON.png?v=1764779530"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-300kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"ARB OME BP-51 Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 40 mm Lift Kit, 300-600 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMake your loaded Ranger more comfortable to drive.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA canopy, drawers and regularly carried gear add weight that your suspension has to cope with on every journey. This BP-51 kit is for a 2023+ Ranger Mk8 Double Cab carrying 300-600 kg of constant additional rear load. It combines a 40 mm lift with springs suited to that weight and adjustable shocks, so you can improve the ride on the road and control how the suspension responds over rough ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSKU \/ part number: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51MFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBetter control over bumps\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBP-51 allows the suspension to move more freely around its normal ride height, helping soften smaller bumps. As it approaches full compression or extension, the damping increases to slow the movement. Internal bypass passages control the oil flow, allowing the shocks to provide a comfortable response to smaller bumps while controlling larger suspension movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version is designed for 300-600 kg of constant additional rear load. Include equipment and cargo normally carried at the rear, such as a canopy, drawers, tools or camping gear. The weight of occasional luggage alone is not a reason to choose heavier springs. Springs that are too stiff for your usual load can make the ride less comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjusting compression and rebound\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression adjustment changes how strongly the shock resists being compressed by a bump. Rebound adjustment changes how it controls the suspension as it extends again. You can adjust the two separately with the shocks fitted. Start with the settings supplied for your vehicle, then make small changes to suit the ride you prefer. The adjusters are on the shocks themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront coils and 2 front BP-51 shocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 rear leaf springs and 2 rear BP-51 shocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreasable shackles, 2 spring-bush kits and 4 U-bolts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriveline spacer kit and bump-stop adapters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eKit reference: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51MFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIf your usual load is different\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the same Ranger generation and Double Cab application, compare the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-medium-load-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e0-300 kg Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-600kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e600 kg+ Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose around your normal carried weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting and wheel alignment are recommended. Set the spring preload and damping for the vehicle configuration, then check clearances and the final ride height with the normal load aboard. The quoted lift is a kit specification; the final height depends on the vehicle and its equipment. This kit does not itself increase the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Old Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP-51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSABP51MFORA8DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab, 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstant additional rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300-600 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bypass, position-sensitive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard-anodised 6061 aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent external compression and rebound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does constant load mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe additional weight normally carried at the rear, including permanent accessories and regular load-bed cargo. This kit is rated for 300-600 kg; choose the spring specification around that everyday weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the strongest springs give me the best ride?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Springs intended for a much heavier constant load can be the wrong choice for a lightly equipped truck. The right spring rate and sensible damping settings matter more than choosing the highest number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it without removing the shocks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compression and rebound can be adjusted independently with the shocks installed. You access the adjusters at the shocks; this is not electronic in-cab adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the lift increase my payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A suspension lift and load-matched springs do not, by themselves, change the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the Ranger Raptor suspension kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the specified Ranger Mk8 Double Cab kit. The Raptor has a different suspension layout.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51922472304982,"sku":"XSABP51MFORA8DK","price":3748.93,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/BPR1.png?v=1763753693"},{"product_id":"manta-vdj79-series-4-5l-v8-dual-cab-performance-exhaust-kit-toyota-land-cruiser-2012-2016","title":"Manta VDJ79 Series 4.5L V8 Dual Cab Performance Exhaust Kit - Toyota Land Cruiser (2012-2016) Stainless Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003eManta Performance Exhaust Kit for Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series 4.5L V8 Dual Cab\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow This Exhaust Kit Transforms Your VDJ79 Series\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta Performance Exhaust Kit is purpose-built for the Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series 4.5L V8 Dual Cab (2012–2016, non\/Pre-DPF). By replacing the restrictive factory exhaust, this system helps unlock the true potential of your 1VD V8 turbo diesel—delivering improved power, torque, and a commanding exhaust note. Whether you’re building a touring rig, a workhorse, or a dedicated off-roader, this kit is designed for owners who demand more from their Land Cruiser in both performance and sound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the Manta Exhaust Kit Does for Your Land Cruiser\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFactory exhaust systems on the VDJ79 are designed for emissions and noise control, often at the expense of performance. The Manta kit addresses this by:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReducing back pressure for faster turbo spool and improved throttle response\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupporting up to 15% typical power gains and improved torque delivery (results may vary by vehicle and configuration)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnhancing fuel efficiency, with many owners reporting up to 1–2L\/100km reductions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDelivering a deeper, more purposeful exhaust note that matches the V8’s character\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurbo-back systems without catalytic converters are available for off-road use, allowing maximum flow and sound for those who need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the Right Configuration: Single vs Twin Exit, 3\" vs 4\" Pipe\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Manta kit is available in several configurations to suit your build and driving style:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle Exit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Traditional look, slightly quieter, and often preferred for touring or those seeking a subtle appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwin Exit:\u003c\/strong\u003e More aggressive styling and sound, ideal for those who want their Land Cruiser to stand out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\" Pipe:\u003c\/strong\u003e Balanced upgrade for most applications—suitable for daily driving, towing, and moderate performance builds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4\" Pipe:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maximum flow and sound, best for high-output builds or off-road rigs where performance is the priority. Note: 4\" turbo-back systems without cats are for off-road use only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoosing between these options depends on your goals: if you want a noticeable but refined upgrade, 3\" single exit is a popular choice. For maximum sound and performance, the 4\" twin exit turbo-back is the go-to for off-roaders and enthusiasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Upgrade Makes a Real Difference\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta VDJ79 Series exhaust kit is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOwners who tow heavy loads and need stronger mid-range torque\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTourers and expedition vehicles seeking better fuel economy and reliability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOff-roaders who want improved throttle response and a more aggressive exhaust note\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAnyone frustrated by the muted sound and sluggish response of the factory system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy reducing heat and back pressure, this upgrade also supports engine longevity—especially important for vehicles facing harsh Australian or global conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Manta VDJ79 Series Exhaust Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEngineered for Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series Dual Cab (2012–2016, non\/Pre-DPF)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMultiple configuration options: single\/twin exits, 3\" or 4\" pipe sizes, turbo-back designs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConstructed from stainless steel for corrosion resistance and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHelps reduce turbo lag and supports improved engine efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOff-road focused turbo-back options available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Material Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManta exhaust kits are manufactured from high-grade stainless steel, providing excellent resistance to corrosion and harsh environments. Each system is tailored for a precise fit on the VDJ79 Dual Cab, with mandrel-bent pipework for optimal flow. All necessary mounting hardware and components are included for a straightforward installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Compatibility Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is a direct replacement for the factory exhaust on Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series Dual Cab models (2012–2016, non\/Pre-DPF). Installation can be completed with standard tools and moderate mechanical knowledge, though professional fitting is recommended for best results and compliance with local laws. Turbo-back systems without catalytic converters are intended for off-road use only. For UK customers, pricing includes customs and VAT. Always check local regulations regarding road legality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerformance Exhaust Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series 4.5L V8 Dual Cab (2012–2016, non\/Pre-DPF)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePipe Size Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" or 4\" diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConfiguration Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle or twin exit; turbo-back (off-road only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions – Manta VDJ79 Series Exhaust Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much power and torque increase can I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost owners report up to 15% improvement in power and torque, with noticeably faster turbo spool and throttle response. Actual results depend on vehicle condition, configuration, and supporting modifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich configuration should I choose: single or twin exit, 3\" or 4\" pipe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSingle exit is quieter and more discreet, while twin exit offers a bolder look and sound. 3\" pipe suits most touring and daily use, while 4\" is best for high-output or off-road builds. Consider your noise preference, performance goals, and local regulations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this exhaust kit legal for road use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost configurations are suitable for on-road use, but turbo-back systems without catalytic converters are for off-road use only. Always confirm local road legality before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install this exhaust kit myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward for those with mechanical experience and standard tools. Professional installation is recommended for best fitment and compliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this kit fit other Land Cruiser models or years?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is designed specifically for the Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series 4.5L V8 Dual Cab (2012–2016, non\/Pre-DPF). It is not guaranteed to fit other models or years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat maintenance does a stainless steel exhaust require?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless steel exhausts are highly resistant to corrosion and require only periodic inspection for leaks or damage, especially after off-road use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Manta","offers":[{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 4\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":52009021342038,"sku":"SSMKTY0198","price":2199.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 4\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":52009021374806,"sku":"SSMKTY0199","price":1999.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":52009021407574,"sku":"SSMKTY0013","price":1499.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":52009021440342,"sku":"SSMKTY0014","price":1499.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":52009021473110,"sku":"SSMKTY0015","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Twin (Exiting Left \u0026 Right) \/ Medium","offer_id":52009021505878,"sku":"SSMKTY0096","price":2099.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 4\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":52009021538646,"sku":"SSMKTY0198","price":2199.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 4\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":52009021571414,"sku":"SSMKTY0199","price":1999.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":52009021604182,"sku":"SSMKTY0010","price":1699.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":52009021636950,"sku":"SSMKTY0011","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":52009021669718,"sku":"SSMKTY0012","price":1499.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Twin (Exiting Left \u0026 Right) \/ Medium","offer_id":52009021702486,"sku":"SSMKTY0097","price":1999.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Twin (Exiting Left \u0026 Right) \/ Loud","offer_id":52009021735254,"sku":"SSMKTY0121","price":1899.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Twin (Exiting Left \u0026 Right) \/ Loud","offer_id":52009144287574,"sku":"SSMKTY0120","price":1999.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/VDJ79ProductDualCabImage1_2012-2016.png?v=1764882397"},{"product_id":"manta-performance-exhaust-kit-toyota-land-cruiser-vdj79-series-4-5l-v8-dual-cab-2007-2016","title":"Manta VDJ79 Series 4.5L V8 Single Cab Performance Exhaust Kit - Toyota Land Cruiser (2007-2016)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eManta Performance Exhaust Kit for Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Manta Exhaust Kit Transforms Your VDJ79 Series\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta Performance Exhaust Kit is engineered specifically for the Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series 4.5L V8 Single Cab (2007–2016, pre-DPF). This system replaces the restrictive factory exhaust, allowing your Land Cruiser to breathe more freely. The result is a significant improvement in throttle response, power delivery, and overall driving enjoyment—especially when tackling demanding off-road terrain or heavy towing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReal-World Problem: Overcoming Factory Exhaust Limitations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFactory exhaust systems on the VDJ79 Series are designed for compliance and quiet operation, but they restrict the true potential of the 1VD V8 turbo diesel engine. This can lead to sluggish throttle response, noticeable turbo lag, and reduced efficiency—especially under load or during off-road use. The Manta kit addresses these limitations by reducing back pressure, helping your engine deliver more torque and power where you need it most.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Manta VDJ79 Series Exhaust Kit Excels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis exhaust upgrade is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOwners seeking stronger off-road performance and improved towing capability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDrivers wanting a more aggressive exhaust note and enhanced engine response\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLand Cruiser builds focused on touring, expedition, or worksite reliability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAnyone looking to reduce fuel consumption and maximise engine efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Manta Performance Exhaust Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReduces turbo lag for sharper throttle response\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eImproves peak power and torque output\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports up to 15% power gains (based on typical results)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePotential fuel savings of 1–2L per 100km\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable in multiple configurations (single\/twin exits, pipe sizes, turbo-back options)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConstructed from stainless steel for durability and corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for straightforward installation on VDJ79 Single Cab models (2007–2016, pre-DPF)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Manta exhaust systems for the VDJ79 Series are manufactured from high-quality stainless steel, ensuring long-term resistance to rust and harsh conditions. The kit is available in a range of configurations, including 3\" piping—significantly larger than the standard system, which can be under 2\" in diameter. This allows for greater exhaust flow, supporting both performance and reliability in demanding environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta Performance Exhaust Kit is designed for direct fitment to Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series 4.5L V8 Single Cab models from 2007 to 2016 (pre-DPF). Installation is straightforward for experienced fitters or workshops familiar with exhaust upgrades. Turbo-back systems without catalytic converters are intended for off-road use only. Always check local regulations regarding exhaust modifications and emissions compliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerformance Exhaust Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series 4.5L V8 Single Cab (2007–2016, pre-DPF)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePipe Size Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" (multiple configurations)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConfiguration Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle\/twin exits, turbo-back, with\/without catalytic converter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOff-road and performance applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions – Manta VDJ79 Series Exhaust Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat vehicles does this exhaust kit fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is designed specifically for the Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ79 Series 4.5L V8 Single Cab models produced from 2007 to 2016, without a DPF (pre-DPF models).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the main benefits of upgrading to this exhaust?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect improved throttle response, increased power and torque, reduced turbo lag, and potential fuel savings. The exhaust note is also enhanced for a more aggressive sound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this exhaust system suitable for road use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurbo-back configurations without catalytic converters are intended for off-road use only. Always check local laws regarding exhaust modifications before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat materials are used in the construction?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta exhaust kit is made from stainless steel for maximum durability and corrosion resistance, suitable for harsh Australian and international conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install this kit myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe system is designed for direct bolt-on installation. Competent DIY mechanics or professional workshops can install it, but some experience with exhaust systems is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this kit affect my vehicle’s warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExhaust upgrades may impact manufacturer warranties. Consult your vehicle dealer or warranty provider before installation if you have concerns.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Manta","offers":[{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":52015050785110,"sku":"SSMKTY0006","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":52015050752342,"sku":"SSMKTY0005","price":1699.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":52015050719574,"sku":"SSMKTY0004","price":1699.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single Side Exit \/ Loud","offer_id":52015086698838,"sku":"SSMKTY0089","price":1299.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Twin (Exiting Left \u0026 Right) \/ Loud","offer_id":52015051080022,"sku":"SSMKTY0118","price":2099.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Twin (Exiting Left \u0026 Right) \/ Medium","offer_id":52015050817878,"sku":"SSMKTY0094","price":2199.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":52015050981718,"sku":"SSMKTY0009","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":52015050948950,"sku":"SSMKTY0008","price":1499.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":52015050916182,"sku":"SSMKTY0007","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single Side Exit \/ Loud","offer_id":52015086797142,"sku":"SSMKTY0090","price":1099.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Twin (Exiting Left \u0026 Right) \/ Loud","offer_id":52015051047254,"sku":"SSMKTY0119","price":1899.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Twin (Exiting Left \u0026 Right) \/ Medium","offer_id":52015051014486,"sku":"SSMKTY0095","price":1999.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/VDJ79ProductSingleCabImage1_2007-2016.png?v=1764882325"},{"product_id":"manta-performance-exhaust-kit-toyota-land-cruiser-vdj78-series-4-5l-v8-troopy-2007-2016","title":"Manta Performance Exhaust Kit Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ78 Series 4.5L V8 Troopy (2007-2016) - Turbo Back Exhaust Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003eManta Turbo Back Exhaust Kit for Land Cruiser VDJ78 Series 4.5L V8 Troopy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Manta VDJ78 Series Exhaust Kit Transforms Your Land Cruiser\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta Performance Exhaust Kit is purpose-built for the Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ78 Series 4.5L V8 Troopy (2007–2016, pre-DPF). This system replaces the restrictive factory exhaust with a turbo back design, allowing the 1VD V8 turbo diesel to expel gases more efficiently. The result is a more responsive, robust driving experience—especially valuable for owners who demand more from their Land Cruiser in off-road, touring, or heavy-duty settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Problems Does This Exhaust Kit Solve?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFactory exhaust systems on the VDJ78 Troopy are known to limit engine output, causing noticeable turbo lag and muted throttle response. For those towing, carrying heavy loads, or tackling remote tracks, this can mean sluggish acceleration and reduced efficiency. The Manta kit addresses these issues by reducing back pressure and improving exhaust flow, helping your Land Cruiser respond faster and operate more efficiently. Actual performance improvements will vary depending on vehicle condition and configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Upgrade Is Most Useful\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis exhaust kit is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTouring and expedition builds seeking reliable power delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOwners towing caravans, trailers, or heavy equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOff-roaders who need sharper throttle response and improved torque\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDrivers looking for a deeper, more distinctive exhaust note\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy unlocking the engine’s potential, the Manta system supports both recreational and work-focused Land Cruisers, making it a practical upgrade for those who rely on their vehicle in demanding environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Manta VDJ78 Series Turbo Back Exhaust\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEngineered for Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ78 Series 4.5L V8 Troopy (2007–2016, pre-DPF)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTurbo back design for improved exhaust flow and reduced back pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMultiple pipe diameters and sound level options available (including off-road only variants)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConstructed from stainless steel for corrosion resistance and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHelps reduce turbo lag and supports improved throttle response\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDistinctive, deeper exhaust note\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Performance improvements such as power gains or fuel savings are typical but not guaranteed. Actual results depend on vehicle condition, configuration, and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Configuration Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta exhaust kit is manufactured from high-grade stainless steel, ensuring long-term resilience against corrosion and harsh environments. Buyers can choose from several pipe diameters and sound configurations to suit their build—whether prioritising maximum flow, a particular exhaust note, or compliance with local regulations. Some configurations omit the catalytic converter for off-road use only; these are not road legal in most regions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Road Legality\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is designed for direct fitment to the VDJ78 Series 4.5L V8 Troopy (2007–2016, pre-DPF). Professional installation is recommended to ensure correct fit and performance. \u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Turbo back systems without catalytic converters are intended for off-road use only and may not be legal for road use in your area. Always check local regulations before purchasing or installing this product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurbo Back Performance Exhaust Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota Land Cruiser VDJ78 Series 4.5L V8 Troopy (2007–2016, pre-DPF)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConfiguration Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiple pipe diameters and sound levels; off-road only variants available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich vehicles does this Manta exhaust kit fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is specifically designed for the Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ78 Series 4.5L V8 Troopy (2007–2016, pre-DPF). It will not fit other Land Cruiser models or engines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat performance improvements can I expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost users experience reduced turbo lag, improved throttle response, and a more pronounced exhaust note. Power and efficiency gains are typical but may vary based on your vehicle’s condition and setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this exhaust system road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSome configurations, especially those without catalytic converters, are for off-road use only and may not be legal on public roads. Always confirm local regulations before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install this exhaust kit myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile experienced enthusiasts may attempt installation, professional fitting is recommended for best results and to avoid issues with fitment or road legality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat maintenance is required?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless steel construction minimises maintenance needs, but periodic inspection for leaks or damage is advised, especially after off-road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose the right configuration?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConsider your primary use (road, off-road, towing), desired sound level, and local legal requirements. Contact us for advice on the best option for your build.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Manta","offers":[{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":52015223701846,"sku":"SSMKTY0018","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":52015223734614,"sku":"SSMKTY0017","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":52015223767382,"sku":"SSMKTY0016","price":1699.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":52015223898454,"sku":"SSMKTY0021","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":52015223931222,"sku":"SSMKTY0020","price":1499.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":52015223963990,"sku":"SSMKTY0019","price":1499.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/VDJ78ProductTroopyImage1_2007-2016.png?v=1764882292"},{"product_id":"apex-design-usa-airlynx-ranger-and-ranger-raptor-front","title":"APEX Design USA airLYNX Front Sway Bar Links - Ford Ranger and Raptor 2019+","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMore comfort off road, with control for the journey home\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour Ranger doesn't have to use the same sway-bar setting on a rough trail as it does on the road. APEX airLYNX front links let you soften the factory bar's response by changing air pressure, giving the front suspension more freedom off road, then restoring the street setting before you drive home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e X02-09-016\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChange the response of your factory sway bar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe links adjust the effective response of the existing front sway bar rather than replacing the bar itself. Higher pressure gives more resistance; lower trail pressure lets the suspension move more freely over uneven ground. You can find a setting that feels right for the terrain while retaining a separate road setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUse the right pressure for the journey\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ranger fitting guide specifies a minimum of 150 psi and a maximum of 300 psi for street use. Trail pressure starts at 0 psi and can be increased to suit the feel you want. Restore the street pressure before returning to the road; do not use the zero-pressure trail setting on the street.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCharge them without losing the setting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe small air volume makes the charging connection important. Use a \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/apex-design-usa-zero-loss-chuck-for-airlynx\"\u003ezero-loss chuck\u003c\/a\u003e so the valve closes before you disconnect it. The guide recommends a bike shock pump with a suitable zero-loss chuck; choose a pressure source that can reach your selected setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReconnecting a gauge or pump takes air from that small volume, so the new reading will be lower than the pressure you originally set. Treat reconnecting as a pressure-adjustment session, not a way to check the untouched charge. Recharge at least every six months if the links have not been discharged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and long-term care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese front links fit the 2019-onwards Ford Ranger and Ranger Raptor. The fitting guide covers replacing both factory links, keeping the link body steady while tightening its hardware, and checking the installation. Use a competent installer for this suspension work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe finish resists salt and many chemicals. Wash with suitable mild products and avoid strong acid wheel cleaners. The links are rebuildable through the appropriate service route if damage makes repair worthwhile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAPEX Design USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX02-09-016\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger and Ranger Raptor, 2019 onwards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePosition\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront sway bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAir-pressure adjustment of the factory sway-bar response\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStreet pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 psi minimum; 300 psi maximum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrail pressure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 psi upwards, adjusted for trail use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoad restriction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDo not use the zero-pressure trail setting on the street\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharging connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZero-loss chuck required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePressure checking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReconnecting the pump reduces pressure in the small air volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePeriodic charge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecharge every six months if not discharged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGuide dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.1-12.1 in with top-out and bottom-out bumpers compressed; not a lift-height range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvoid strong acid wheel cleaners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting and care guides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/drive.google.com\/file\/d\/1SJwNdFx0dEKkoMBAmuC42USWyH7T4cS9\/view?usp=sharing\"\u003eInstall Instructions - Ford Ranger airLYNX (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I change the setting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange the air pressure using a suitable pump and zero-loss chuck. Use 150-300 psi for street use and a lower setting from 0 psi upwards for the trail, restoring the street setting before road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use an ordinary tyre chuck?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a zero-loss chuck. A normal chuck can release a meaningful part of the link's small air charge as you remove it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does the pressure seem lower when I reconnect the pump?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAir moves into the pump or gauge connection from the link. That lowers the pressure, so reconnecting does not show the undisturbed original setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill any on-board compressor cover the full adjustment range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck its output against the setting you want. The airLYNX street range extends to 300 psi; the guide recommends a suitable bike shock pump with a zero-loss chuck. A tyre-inflation compressor should not be assumed to cover that whole range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow often do I need to recharge them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fitting guide calls for a recharge every six months if the links have not been discharged. Recheck the correct road setting whenever you change from trail to road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n","brand":"APEX DESIGN USA","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52018680791382,"sku":"X02-09-016","price":350.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/SwayBar-Raptor1.png?v=1764844887"},{"product_id":"manta-performance-exhaust-kit-toyota-land-cruiser-vdj78-series-4-5l-v8-troopy-2016-2025","title":"Manta Performance Exhaust Kit Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ78 Series 4.5L V8 Troopy (2016-2025) - Turbo Back \u0026 DPF Back Options","description":"\u003ch2\u003eManta Exhaust Kit for Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ78 Troopy – Model-Specific Performance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta Performance Exhaust Kit is engineered for the Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ78 Series 4.5L V8 Troopy (2016–2025), providing a tailored upgrade for owners seeking more responsive power delivery, improved sound, and robust durability. Designed to address the limitations of the factory exhaust, this kit supports both touring and demanding off-road use, offering distinct configuration choices to suit your build and compliance needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Manta VDJ78 Series Exhaust Kit Improves Your Land Cruiser\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe factory exhaust on the VDJ78 Troopy restricts engine breathing, limiting both performance and the signature V8 sound. The Manta kit replaces these restrictive components with a high-flow stainless steel system, helping to reduce back pressure and unlock the engine’s potential. This results in a more responsive throttle, stronger torque for towing or loaded touring, and a deeper, more purposeful exhaust note. For owners who regularly travel remote or rugged routes, the stainless construction also offers long-term resistance to corrosion and harsh conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTurbo Back vs DPF Back: Choosing the Right Configuration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Manta kit is available in two main configurations, each with distinct practical and legal implications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurbo Back System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Replaces the entire exhaust from the turbocharger outlet, removing the DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter). This option delivers the greatest performance and sound gains, but requires ECU recalibration and is intended for off-road or motorsport use only. Not legal for road use in most regions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDPF Back System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Retains the factory DPF, replacing the exhaust from the DPF rearwards. This configuration provides improved sound and moderate performance gains while maintaining emissions compliance for on-road use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers should select the configuration that matches their intended use and local compliance requirements. If you’re building a dedicated off-road or touring vehicle and want maximum flow, the turbo back is ideal. For road-registered vehicles, the DPF back system offers a safe upgrade path.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReal-World Problem Solved\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany VDJ78 Troopy owners find the standard exhaust limits both driving enjoyment and the ability to handle heavy loads or challenging terrain. The Manta kit helps solve this by allowing the engine to breathe freely, supporting more confident overtaking, easier towing, and a more engaging driving experience—especially when fully loaded or off-road.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits for VDJ78 Troopy Owners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVehicle-specific fit for 2016–2025 Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ78 Troopy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChoice of 3\" or 4\" pipe sizes to tailor sound and flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction for corrosion resistance and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMultiple configurations: turbo back (off-road) or DPF back (on-road)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports further tuning and performance upgrades\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for straightforward installation with all required hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Included Components\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery Manta VDJ78 exhaust kit is manufactured from stainless steel, ensuring long service life even in harsh Australian or international conditions. The kit includes all required pipes, flanges, hangers, and mounting hardware specific to the Troopy’s underbody layout. Each system is designed for a direct fit, minimising the need for modifications or additional parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Fitment Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis exhaust kit is engineered exclusively for the Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ78 Series 4.5L V8 Troopy, model years 2016–2025. Turbo back systems require ECU recalibration and are not suitable for road use in most countries. DPF back systems are designed for legal compliance but always check local regulations before purchase. Professional installation is recommended to ensure correct fitment and optimal performance. If you have additional accessories or underbody protection, verify clearance before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerformance Exhaust Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota Land Cruiser VDJ78 Series 4.5L V8 Troopy (2016–2025)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePipe Size Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" or 4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurbo Back or DPF Back\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eECU Tuning Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes (Turbo Back Only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Hardware\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePipes, flanges, hangers, mounting hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included in the Manta VDJ78 Troopy exhaust kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes all pipes, flanges, hangers, and mounting hardware required for a direct fit to the VDJ78 Troopy. Choose either turbo back or DPF back configuration at purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose between turbo back and DPF back options?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurbo back systems offer maximum performance but require ECU tuning and are for off-road use only. DPF back systems retain emissions compliance for road use but offer moderate gains.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this exhaust fit other Land Cruiser models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is tailored specifically for the VDJ78 Series 4.5L V8 Troopy (2016–2025). Fitment is not guaranteed on other models or years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs professional installation required?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile experienced DIYers may install the kit, professional fitting is recommended to ensure correct alignment, sealing, and compliance with local laws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the kit support further performance upgrades?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Manta exhaust is compatible with additional tuning and performance modifications, especially when paired with ECU recalibration (turbo back systems).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the exhaust kit covered by warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManta exhausts are supplied with manufacturer warranty coverage. For details, consult Hoonies Adrenaline or Manta directly prior to purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Manta","offers":[{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":52023650091350,"sku":"SSMKTY0186","price":1799.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":52023650124118,"sku":"SSMKTY0187","price":1799.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":52023650058582,"sku":"SSMKTY0185","price":1899.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":52023650287958,"sku":"SSMKTY0189","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":52023650320726,"sku":"SSMKTY0190","price":1499.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":52023650255190,"sku":"SSMKTY0188","price":1599.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"DPF Back \/ 3\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":52023650451798,"sku":"SSMKTY0139","price":1299.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/VDJ78ProductTroopyImage1_2016-ON.png?v=1764882245"},{"product_id":"manta-performance-exhaust-kit-toyota-land-cruiser-vdj76-series-4-5l-v8-wagon-2016-2025","title":"Manta VDJ76 Series 4.5L V8 Wagon Performance Exhaust Kit - Toyota Land Cruiser (2016-2025) Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003eManta Performance Exhaust Kit for Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ76 Series 4.5L V8 Wagon\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow This Exhaust Kit Transforms Your VDJ76 Series Land Cruiser\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta Performance Exhaust Kit is engineered for the Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ76 Series 4.5L V8 Wagon (2016–2025), providing a tailored upgrade for drivers seeking improved exhaust flow, a more assertive sound, and enhanced driving response. Manta’s stainless steel system is designed to replace the restrictive factory exhaust, supporting owners who demand more from their 1VD V8 turbo diesel—whether for touring, towing, or off-road adventure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the Manta Exhaust Kit Does\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit replaces the standard exhaust system with high-flow stainless steel pipework, available in both DPF-back and turbo-back configurations. The DPF-back option retains emissions compliance for on-road use, while the turbo-back variant removes further restrictions for maximum flow—intended for off-road or motorsport applications and requiring ECU recalibration. Both configurations are designed to reduce back pressure, allowing the engine to operate more efficiently and deliver a deeper, more purposeful exhaust note.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Upgrade Makes a Difference\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta VDJ76 Series exhaust kit is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLand Cruiser owners who tow heavy loads and need consistent torque delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOff-roaders seeking improved throttle response and engine flexibility on challenging terrain\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTouring enthusiasts looking for reliability and a more engaging exhaust sound\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDrivers planning further performance upgrades, such as intake, intercooler, or ECU tuning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy addressing the factory exhaust’s restrictive design, this kit helps unlock the VDJ76’s potential, especially when supporting modifications are in place. For those exploring remote regions or demanding more from their vehicle, the upgrade offers both practical and experiential benefits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Manta VDJ76 Series Exhaust Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReduces exhaust back pressure for improved engine efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports increased power and torque when combined with other upgrades\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChoice of 3\" or 4\" pipe sizes and single or twin exit options\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConstructed from stainless steel for corrosion resistance and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEngineered for harsh off-road and touring environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDistinctive, deeper exhaust note tailored to the 1VD V8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerformance Exhaust Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota Land Cruiser VDJ76 Series 4.5L V8 Wagon (2016–2025)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePipe Size Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" or 4\" (variant dependent)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConfiguration Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDPF-back (on-road), Turbo-back (off-road\/motorsport, requires ECU recalibration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExit Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle or Twin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta exhaust kit is designed as a direct-fit replacement for the VDJ76 Series, with configuration options to suit different legal requirements and performance goals. DPF-back systems are suitable for road use and do not require ECU changes. Turbo-back systems offer maximum flow but require professional ECU recalibration and are intended for off-road or motorsport use only. Professional installation is recommended, particularly for turbo-back conversions, to ensure correct fitment and compliance with local regulations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReal-World Problem Solving: Why Upgrade?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFactory exhaust systems on the VDJ76 Series are designed for emissions and noise compliance, often at the expense of performance and driving enjoyment. This can result in sluggish throttle response and limited power delivery, especially under load or in demanding conditions. The Manta kit addresses these issues by reducing exhaust restriction, helping your Land Cruiser perform more efficiently and reliably—whether you’re towing, touring, or exploring off the beaten track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions – Manta VDJ76 Series Exhaust Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose between DPF-back and turbo-back configurations?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDPF-back systems retain the factory DPF and are suitable for road use, providing improved sound and moderate performance gains. Turbo-back systems replace the entire exhaust from the turbocharger and require ECU recalibration; these are for off-road or motorsport use only and deliver the greatest performance potential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this exhaust kit fit all VDJ76 Series 4.5L V8 Wagons?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is specifically designed for Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ76 Series 4.5L V8 Wagon models from 2016 to 2025. Always confirm your vehicle’s model and year before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre there any legal considerations with this exhaust upgrade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDPF-back systems are generally road legal, but turbo-back systems (which remove the DPF) are intended for off-road or motorsport use only. Local regulations vary—check requirements in your region before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat supporting modifications work well with this exhaust?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta exhaust is compatible with most intake, intercooler, and ECU upgrades for the VDJ76 Series. It’s a strong foundation for further performance enhancements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the kit include all necessary hardware for installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is supplied with all required components for installation. Check variant details for included parts and consult with your installer for any additional needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the practical benefits I can expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers typically notice improved throttle response, a more engaging exhaust note, and better engine flexibility—especially when towing or driving off-road. Performance gains depend on the chosen configuration and any supporting modifications.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Manta","offers":[{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 4\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":52023963713878,"sku":"SSMKTY0369","price":2099.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 4\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":52023991828822,"sku":"SSMKTY0367","price":2199.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":52023963746646,"sku":"SSMKTY0164","price":1499.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":52023963779414,"sku":"SSMKTY0165","price":1499.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":52023963812182,"sku":"SSMKTY0166","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 4\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":52023963877718,"sku":"SSMKTY0368","price":1999.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 4\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":52023963910486,"sku":"SSMKTY0370","price":1899.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":52023963943254,"sku":"SSMKTY0167","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":52023963976022,"sku":"SSMKTY0168","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":52023964008790,"sku":"SSMKTY0169","price":1299.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"DPF Back \/ 4\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":52023964107094,"sku":"SSMKTY0366","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"DPF Back \/ 4\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":52023964139862,"sku":"SSMKTY0365","price":1499.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"DPF Back \/ 3\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":52023980687702,"sku":"SSMKTY0163","price":999.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/VDJ76_Product_Wagon_Image_1_2016-ON.png?v=1764884014"},{"product_id":"manta-performance-exhaust-kit-toyota-land-cruiser-vdj76-series-4-5l-v8-wagon-2007-2016","title":"Manta VDJ76 Series 4.5L V8 Wagon Performance Exhaust Kit - Toyota Land Cruiser Turbo Back System","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePerformance Exhaust Upgrade for Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ76 Series\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta Performance Exhaust Kit is purpose-built for the Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ76 Series 4.5L V8 Wagon (2007–2016), providing a direct solution for owners seeking improved engine response, greater durability, and a more commanding exhaust note. Manta’s reputation for robust, stainless steel systems ensures this upgrade stands up to the demands of off-road touring, towing, and long-distance expeditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Manta Exhaust Kit Transforms Your VDJ76 Series\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFactory exhaust systems on the VDJ76 Series are known to restrict both power and efficiency, limiting the true potential of the 1VD-FTV V8 turbo diesel. The Manta turbo back system replaces the entire exhaust from the turbocharger rearwards, helping reduce back pressure and allowing the engine to breathe more freely. This translates to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNoticeably sharper throttle response and reduced turbo lag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePotential for increased peak power and torque (based on typical results, actual gains may vary)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMore pronounced and purposeful exhaust note\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eImproved efficiency, with some owners reporting fuel savings under load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis upgrade is especially valuable for drivers who tow heavy loads, travel remote tracks, or want to unlock the full capability of their Land Cruiser for touring or off-road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing Between 3\" and 4\" Turbo Back Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManta offers this kit in both 3\" and 4\" turbo back configurations. Choosing the right size depends on your build and driving needs:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\" System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for most touring, towing, and daily driving. Balances strong performance gains with a refined sound profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4\" System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suited to high-output builds, heavy towing, or those seeking maximum flow and a more aggressive exhaust note. May be louder and is best paired with supporting engine modifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are unsure which option best suits your application, consider your intended use and whether you plan further engine upgrades. Both systems are engineered for direct fitment to the VDJ76 Series 4.5L V8 Wagon.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Manta VDJ76 Series Exhaust Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEngineered specifically for Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ76 Series 4.5L V8 Wagon (2007–2016)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction for corrosion resistance and long-term reliability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-on replacement for the restrictive factory system\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable in 3\" or 4\" turbo back configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOptions for off-road use without catalytic converter (check local regulations)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDistinctive, deeper exhaust tone\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports further performance upgrades such as tuning, intercoolers, and snorkels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerformance Exhaust Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota Land Cruiser VDJ76 Series 4.5L V8 Wagon (2007–2016)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExhaust Configuration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurbo back, 3\" or 4\" options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement for factory exhaust system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Practical Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta Performance Exhaust Kit is designed for straightforward installation, replacing the entire factory system from the turbo back. Professional installation is recommended for best results and to ensure correct fitment. Turbo back systems without catalytic converters are intended for off-road use only and may not be road legal in all regions—always confirm local requirements before purchase. This kit is compatible with most common VDJ76 upgrades, including engine tuning, intercoolers, and snorkels, making it a solid foundation for further modifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach kit includes all required hardware for installation. Manta exhausts are backed by a manufacturer warranty for peace of mind—refer to Manta’s official warranty terms for details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat vehicles does this Manta exhaust kit fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is engineered for the Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ76 Series 4.5L V8 Wagon (2007–2016) and is not suitable for other Land Cruiser variants or engines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose between the 3\" and 4\" options?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 3\" system is best for most users seeking a balance of performance and comfort, while the 4\" suits high-output builds or those wanting maximum flow and a louder exhaust note.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this exhaust system road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurbo back systems without catalytic converters are for off-road use only. Always check your local regulations before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the kit include everything needed for installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the kit includes all required components and hardware for a direct replacement. Professional installation is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill installing this exhaust affect my vehicle’s warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModifying your exhaust may impact manufacturer warranty coverage. Consult your dealer or warranty provider before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this Manta kit different from other exhausts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManta systems are built from stainless steel for durability, designed specifically for the VDJ76 Series, and offer both 3\" and 4\" configurations to suit a range of builds and preferences. Each kit is backed by Manta’s warranty and reputation in the Australian 4WD community.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Manta","offers":[{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 4\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":52024120672598,"sku":"SSMKTY0373","price":1999.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 4\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":52024120705366,"sku":"SSMKTY0371","price":2099.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":52024120738134,"sku":"SSMKTY0022","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":52024120770902,"sku":"SSMKTY0023","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":52024120803670,"sku":"SSMKTY0024","price":1299.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 4\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":52024120836438,"sku":"SSMKTY0372","price":1999.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 4\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":52024120869206,"sku":"SSMKTY0374","price":1799.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":52024120901974,"sku":"SSMKTY0025","price":1299.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":52024120934742,"sku":"SSMKTY0026","price":1299.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":52024120967510,"sku":"SSMKTY0027","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/VDJ76ProductWagonImage1_2007-2016_0e67d5b1-3bb2-44ac-bf46-c489dc27be34.png?v=1764886647"},{"product_id":"arb-high-level-breather-kit","title":"ARB Differential Breather Kit - 170112","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your drivetrain a better chance when the track gets wet\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHot differentials cool rapidly when you enter water, and that change can draw contaminants past low-mounted breathers or seals. The ARB 170112 kit moves the breathing point to a higher, filtered location, helping protect the oil and components you depend on when travelling off-road.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e XADS170112\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the higher breather matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDrivetrain housings need to breathe as the air inside heats and cools. The open-flow manifold lets them equalise pressure through a common filter, rather than relying on a low one-way breather. Position the filter above the water level you expect to encounter; it is the installation height that provides the benefit. The compact manifold is anodised billet aluminium, with a splash-resistant filter and washable sintered-bronze cartridge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTwo assemblies now, room for four\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe manifold accepts up to four breather lines. The supplied fittings and eight metres of 8 mm polyethylene tube cover at least two drivetrain assemblies; additional fittings and tube are needed to connect more. The larger tube helps resist blockage when oil enters a line during off-camber driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes in the kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou get the manifold, air-filter assembly, four 8 mm to 1\/8-inch BSP push-in fittings, three blanking plugs, eight metres of tubing, two self-tapping screws and 25 cable ties. Existing breather connections determine whether adapters or additional fitting work are needed. Route the tube clear of heat and allow for full suspension travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXADS170112\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170112\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManifold outlets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour 1\/8-inch BSP breather ports\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFilter port\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4-inch NPT\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied tube\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 m of 8 mm polyethylene tubing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupplied push-in fittings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour, 8 mm to 1\/8-inch BSP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBlanking plugs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting hardware\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo self-tapping screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCable ties\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInitial coverage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAt least two drivetrain assemblies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExpanded coverage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to four, with additional tubing and fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFiltered manifold above expected water level; connections and routing suit the vehicle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManifold material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnodised billet aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAir filter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSplash-resistant, with washable high-flow sintered-bronze cartridge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it make my vehicle waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It raises and filters the drivetrain breathing point; it does not seal the rest of your vehicle or increase its wading rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I connect the gearbox and transfer case?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, suitable drivetrain breathers can share the four-outlet manifold. The supplied material covers at least two assemblies, with extra tube and fittings needed for further connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere should the filter go?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA high, accessible position above the water level you expect to encounter, with the lines kept clear of exhaust heat and moving parts.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52099399057750,"sku":"XADS170112","price":59.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/1_78bdbf9d-1706-4e35-8f3a-36173ac5fd20.png?v=1765975002"},{"product_id":"powerbrake-x-line-big-brake-kit-stage-1-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-2023","title":"Powerbrake X-Line Stage 1 Front Brake Kit for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 Petrol 2023+","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGive your Raptor a more positive brake pedal\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTouring equipment, a trailer and larger tyres can ask a lot more of your Raptor's brakes. Powerbrake X-Line Stage 1 upgrades the front calipers, discs, pads and hoses together, giving you a more positive pedal and better resistance to heat-related fade. It is an upgrade you can appreciate every time you slow down for a bend or control your speed on a loaded descent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e X6M-FSA04F-Ford (Grey \/ PB01). See every available combination below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFeel the difference through the pedal\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRigid billet aluminium calipers resist flex, and the braided hoses resist expansion under pressure. Together, they help make the pedal feel more direct, so it is easier to judge how much braking you are asking for and release it smoothly. Stainless steel pistons slow heat transfer from the pads towards the seals and brake fluid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe calipers also use protected bleed screws, internal fluid crossovers and stainless hardware. Those are useful details when your brakes live with mud, grit and stone impacts, and when you want the upgrade to remain serviceable over years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCooling for repeated braking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X6M option uses 350 x 34 mm one-piece discs with 48 curved, directional cooling vanes per disc. The vanes draw air through the discs to help carry away heat as repeated stops add to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe high-carbon cast-iron discs use a slotted face that helps clear water, sand and mud while keeping braking smooth. Each disc is checked for run-out and thickness variation during manufacture, rather than relying on a sample from the batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your pads and caliper finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePB01 is the standard high-performance compound: a balanced choice for 4x4 and sport-truck use, with good fade resistance and smooth, quiet operation for a performance pad. The friction surfaces are factory-scorched to shorten bedding-in, although you still need to follow the supplied bedding procedure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose PB05 for a further step up in performance, fade resistance and wear life over PB01, on vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM. GVM is the maximum permitted total vehicle mass, rather than the weight you happen to be carrying today. The selected compound is supplied with your kit; you choose the one that suits how you use the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed uses a type-2 anodise for a brighter finish behind the wheels. Grey uses the more durable type-3 hard anodise for an understated appearance and tougher surface. The colour changes the finish, while both choices retain the same caliper design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eBrake Pads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eCaliper and disc\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePad use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-FSA04F-Ford\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-FSA04F-ford-084C2140-R-PB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-FSA04F-ford-084C2140-R-PB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,500 kg GVM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-FSA04F-ford-084C2140-G-PB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,500 kg GVM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eChassis \/ generation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eModel years\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eApplication market\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eKit reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRanger Raptor 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eP703 \/ RA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEUR\/SA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M \/ FSA04F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the fitment table to match your vehicle, market and model year, including any original caliper, wheel or booster details listed for the application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with the kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA pair of X-Line six-piston billet front calipers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront slotted discs in the selected kit specification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour selected pad compound, pre-loaded with anti-squeal shims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBillet caliper mounting brackets with stainless thread inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel braided front hoses with PTFE lining and protective outer covering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit mounting hardware, fitting instructions and bedding-in instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWheel clearance and installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/powerbrake.co.za\/downloads\/Wheel_Fitment_Template_-_Ford_Ranger_and_Raptor_T6.2_(2023-on)_X6M_350x34mm.pdf\"\u003ematching wheel-clearance template\u003c\/a\u003e against the exact wheels you will use, including your spare. Print it at actual size and check its calibration marks; the outline includes the required 2.5 mm clearance. Wheel spokes, barrel shape and balance weights matter as well as diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis FSA04F kit is for the vacuum-booster brake system and excludes e-booster systems. The larger front discs also require removal of the original splash plates during fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo replacement tube nuts are supplied for the hard lines. Some Raptors have damaged fitting threads after the original hoses are removed, so your installer may need to fit those nuts and reflare the hard lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting, thorough bleeding and correct bedding-in are part of getting the pedal feel you bought the kit for. Use glycol-based DOT 4 or higher brake fluid as required by the fitting instructions, and arrange the follow-up service bleed. Retained air can affect the feel of newly fitted calipers, even after the initial bleed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/powerbrake.co.za\/downloads\/A_General_X-Line_BBK_Installation_Instructions_v8.pdf\"\u003eRead the X-Line fitting, bedding-in and service guide\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/powerbrake.co.za\/downloads\/BBK_Assembly_Diagram_-_Ford_Ranger_and_Raptor_T6.2_(2023-on)_X6M_350x34mm.pdf\"\u003eOpen the FSA04F assembly drawing and replacement-parts references\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/powerbrake.co.za\/downloads\/BBK_Assembly_Diagram_-_Ford_Ranger_Raptor_T6.2_(2023-on)_Important_Info_on_Hoses.pdf\"\u003eRead the Ranger Raptor hard-line hose fitting note\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after your new brakes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximum Temperature Recording markings on the discs and calipers leave a permanent record of the highest temperatures reached. That gives your workshop useful information when choosing future pad compounds and fluid or checking whether your use is creating more heat than expected. It is a record to inspect after driving, rather than a live temperature display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect pad thickness, disc condition and hose routing during normal servicing. Replacement pads need to match the Powerbrake caliper profile, so keep your kit reference and assembly guide with the vehicle. The upgrade improves the brake hardware; the permitted towing, payload and axle limits still come from your vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor future servicing, the replacement front-disc pair is AT480. Replacement pads are 5001-PB01 for the PB01 compound or 5001-PB05 for PB05. Choose PB05 for vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM. Keep those references with your FSA04F kit details so you can order the right replacement parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand \/ range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowerbrake X-Line Stage 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePosition \/ scope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete front-axle conversion; front left and right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee the market-specific Vehicle Fitment table above\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalipers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-Line six-piston billet aluminium; stainless steel pistons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiscs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M: 350 x 34 mm one-piece, 48 curved directional vanes per disc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisc material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-carbon cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard high-performance compound, or PB05 ultra-high-performance compound for vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM; supplied pre-loaded as selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCaliper finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed type-2 anodise or Grey type-3 hard anodise\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoses\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel braided; PTFE lining, protective outer layer and stainless end fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBillet aluminium with stainless thread inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature recording\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTR maximum-temperature recording on discs and calipers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoad and normal off-road use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrake booster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVacuum booster required; e-booster systems excluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional fitting parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo replacement tube nuts supplied for the hard lines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement-parts references\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAT480 front disc pair; 5001-PB01 pads or 5001-PB05 pads for vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy a complete kit rather than just different pads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou are changing the calipers, disc capacity and hose construction together. That makes sense when you want a more positive pedal and improved heat management, especially as equipment, towing or heavier wheel-and-tyre combinations add to the braking demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs Stage 1 a good choice for a road-driven vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Stage 1 is our recommendation for road and normal off-road use. You get the six-piston billet calipers, one-piece discs, pads and braided hoses in a matched front conversion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich pad compound should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePB01 is the balanced standard performance compound. PB05 adds performance, fade resistance and wear life over PB01 for vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM; choose it where those benefits suit your driving and the vehicle's permitted mass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the pads, hoses and brackets included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The front calipers, discs, your selected pads, braided hoses, mounting brackets and kit hardware are supplied together. Plan separately for professional fitting and the brake fluid required during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit behind my wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe exact kit must clear the spokes, barrel and balance weights on your actual wheels. Check the matching template or arrange an exact kit-clearance check before ordering, including the spare if it may be used on the front.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it cure a spongy or sinking pedal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X-Line hardware is designed to improve pedal feel and modulation. A newly deteriorating pedal, fluid leak or sinking pedal needs diagnosis and repair first; once the system is healthy, the kit is an upgrade to how the brakes perform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty comes with the kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Powerbrake manufacturer warranty covers defects in workmanship or materials for 12 months or 20,000 km, whichever comes first. Normal wear, incorrect fitting, misuse, motorsport and track-day use are excluded. Cover is also void if a disc exceeds 630 degrees C or a caliper exceeds 200 degrees C, recorded by the MTR markings. Check the linked fitting guide for the full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Powerbrake","offers":[{"title":"Grey \/ PB01","offer_id":52112791568726,"sku":"X6M-FSA04F-Ford","price":2970.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ PB01","offer_id":55654279709014,"sku":"X6M-FSA04F-ford-084C2140-R-PB01","price":2970.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ PB05","offer_id":55654279741782,"sku":"X6M-FSA04F-ford-084C2140-R-PB05","price":3228.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ PB05","offer_id":55654279774550,"sku":"X6M-FSA04F-ford-084C2140-G-PB05","price":3228.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/RangerRaptorStage1Kit-1.png?v=1767617506"},{"product_id":"turbosmart-performance-intercooler-for-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-2023","title":"Turbosmart Intercooler for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore cooling capacity, with the factory shutters and pipes retained.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn intercooler upgrade should suit the Raptor you want to live with. The black Turbosmart cooler adds 75% more internal core volume while retaining compatibility with the original shutter shroud, charge pipes and ECU calibration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor a standard or modified 2022+ Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 petrol, that makes it an appealing way to add charge-air cooling capacity without turning the job into a complete pipework and front-end conversion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-identifiers\"\u003eSKU: TS-CCA-VSFD002B\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy this cooler earns a place on the shortlist\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bar-and-plate core uses TIG-welded construction and cast aluminium end tanks shaped through CFD airflow modelling. Its larger thermal mass and flow capacity support the engine when the turbos are working hard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe useful distinction is integration: original mounting positions, factory-style pipe connections and retained shutter-shroud compatibility. We would put it high on the list when keeping those features matters to you. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2022+ Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCore\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBar and plate; 75% greater internal volume than stock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eEnd tanks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCFD-developed cast aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAssembly\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTIG welded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFactory compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOEM shutter shroud, OEM\/factory-style pipes and OEM ECU calibration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFitting changes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo cutting, trimming or fabrication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMaintenance feature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrain for condensation and blow-by residue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the intercooler around your build\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\" style=\"max-width: 100%; overflow-x: auto;\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"range-comparison\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eIntercooler\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePipework\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eInstallation difference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eWhy choose it\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTurbosmart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£851.94\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal \/ factory-style pipes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory shutter and shroud retained\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChoose it to keep the factory shutter arrangement and avoid cutting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFenix cooler + pipes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,250.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium pipe kit included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory intercooler shroud removed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChoose the complete cooler-and-pipe upgrade in one purchase.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProcess West Stage 1\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,276.44\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory pipes compatible; hard pipes separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShutter removal, motor relocation, drilling and trimming\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChoose the factory-position Process West upgrade, with room to add its hard pipes later.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProcess West Stage 2\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,770.31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory pipes compatible; Stage 2 hard pipes separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrimming, plastic drilling and shutter-motor relocation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChoose the larger Process West core layout and allow for the more involved fitting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese prices cover the parts shown; fitting is separate. The table compares what you buy and what changes on the truck. The individual pages give the core dimensions and any product-specific test results.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you are buying\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne black Turbosmart intercooler for the Raptor V6 application. Your original or compatible factory-style charge pipes connect to it; a new pipe kit is not part of this purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe built-in maintenance drain provides access for removing collected condensation and blow-by residue according to the service instructions. It is a practical ownership feature beyond the larger core.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting without cutting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt fits without cutting, trimming or fabrication and works with the factory ECU calibration. Professional fitting still needs front-end access, secure connections and final clearance and leak checks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the engine already has a custom tune, keep your tuner informed of the change. Factory calibration compatibility does not mean other modifications no longer need the right setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCare after the upgrade\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the core face clear of packed debris and inspect pipe joints and mountings with routine servicing. Use the maintenance drain as instructed to remove collected condensation and blow-by residue.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe intercooler cools compressed intake air. Engine coolant and transmission oil use their own cooling circuits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRelated products and fitting information\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-1-intercooler\"\u003eProcess West Stage 1 Intercooler for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/fenix-radiators-intercooler-pipe-kit-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-3-0l-petrol-2023\"\u003eFenix Intercooler \u0026amp; Pipe Kit for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-1-stock-intercooler-hard-pipe-kit\"\u003eProcess West Hard Pipe Kit for Ranger Raptor Factory \/ Stage 1 Intercooler\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-2-intercooler\"\u003eProcess West Stage 2 Intercooler for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I keep the factory shutter shroud?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It retains the factory shutter and shroud arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes this need a remap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt works with the original ECU calibration. A modified engine still needs a calibration appropriate to the complete build.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre hard pipes included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The cooler connects to the original or compatible factory-style charge pipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the drain for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt gives maintenance access for removing condensation and blow-by residue collected in the intercooler. Follow the product’s service instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Turbosmart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52132755439958,"sku":"TS-CCA-VSFD002B","price":851.94,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Intercooler1.png?v=1766399146"},{"product_id":"turbosmart-performance-bov-kompact-em-dual-port-vr19-for-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-2023","title":"Turbosmart Kompact EM Dual Port VR19 BOV - Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L EcoBoost Blow Off Valve Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDirect-Fit Blow Off Valve Upgrade for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L EcoBoost\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Turbosmart Kompact EM Dual Port VR19 Blow Off Valve (BOV) is engineered specifically for the Next-Gen Ford Ranger Raptor (2023+) with the 3.0L EcoBoost V6 turbocharged engine. This advanced BOV offers a true plug-and-play solution, delivering improved turbo response, enhanced boost control, and greater reliability compared to the factory diverter valve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Turbosmart Kompact EM Dual Port VR19 BOV Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis performance blow off valve replaces the original plastic diverter valve on your Ranger Raptor. Utilising Turbosmart’s Boost-Balance Valve Technology and a patented integrated solenoid, it manages excess boost pressure by venting it safely and efficiently, helping to maintain turbocharger efficiency and protect engine components. The dual port design allows for both recirculation and atmospheric venting, striking a balance between performance and driveability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This BOV Upgrade Makes a Difference\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Kompact EM Dual Port VR19 is ideal for owners seeking improved turbo response, more consistent boost holding, and greater reliability under demanding conditions. Whether you’re pushing your Raptor on the track, tackling off-road adventures, or simply want a sharper throttle response for daily driving, this BOV delivers tangible performance and peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Turbosmart Kompact EM Dual Port VR19 BOV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect replacement for the factory diverter valve – no adaptors or hoses required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBoost-Balance Valve Technology for superior sealing under high boost\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated high-temperature solenoid for precise OE-style control\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBillet aluminium construction for durability and heat resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReduces risk of boost leaks and valve failure common with plastic OEM valves\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports both recirculation and atmospheric venting for flexible performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurbosmart’s Kompact EM Series features billet aluminium construction and high-temperature O-rings, ensuring robust operation in the high-heat environment of the engine bay. The proprietary solenoid and internal pressure channels are designed for seamless integration with the Ranger Raptor’s factory ECU and boost control systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Compatibility Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward: simply unbolt and unplug the OEM diverter valve and replace it with the Kompact EM Dual Port VR19. No additional hoses, adaptors, or wiring are needed. This product is specifically designed for all Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L EcoBoost V6 turbocharged models from 2023 onwards. No tuning or ECU modification is required for installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurbosmart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlow Off Valve (BOV) \/ Diverter Valve Upgrade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKompact EM Dual Port VR19\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Raptor 3.0L EcoBoost V6 (2023+)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBillet aluminium body, high-temperature O-rings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIntegration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug-and-play with factory diverter valve location and wiring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVenting Style\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual Port (Recirculation + Atmospheric)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the main advantages of upgrading to the Turbosmart Kompact EM Dual Port VR19 BOV?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis BOV provides improved boost holding, faster turbo response, and greater reliability compared to the factory plastic diverter valve. It also reduces the risk of boost leaks and valve failure under high-performance or off-road conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this BOV compatible with all Next-Gen Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L EcoBoost models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is designed specifically for 2023+ Ford Ranger Raptor models equipped with the 3.0L EcoBoost V6 turbocharged engine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to modify my ECU or tune the vehicle after installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo tuning or ECU modifications are required. The Kompact EM Dual Port VR19 is fully plug-and-play and integrates with the factory boost control system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this BOV be used for both daily driving and performance applications?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the dual port design allows for a balance between quiet operation and performance venting, making it suitable for daily use as well as spirited driving or motorsport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat tools are required for installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBasic hand tools are sufficient. The installation process involves removing the OEM diverter valve and replacing it with the Turbosmart unit using the existing mounting points and electrical connector.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy should I choose this over other BOV upgrades?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Turbosmart BOV is engineered specifically for the Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0L EcoBoost, ensuring perfect fitment, OE-level integration, and the reliability of billet construction. It is a direct, no-hassle upgrade with proven performance benefits.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Turbosmart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52132784832854,"sku":"TS-0223-1082","price":255.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/BOV_6.png?v=1766399776"},{"product_id":"fenix-radiators-intercooler-pipe-kit-next-gen-ford-ranger-3-0l-diesel-2023","title":"Fenix Intercooler \u0026 Pipe Kit - Next-Gen Ford Ranger 3.0L Diesel 2023+ Performance Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFenix Intercooler \u0026amp; Pipe Kit for Next-Gen Ford Ranger 3.0L Diesel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fenix Intercooler \u0026amp; Pipe Kit is engineered specifically for the Next-Gen Ford Ranger 3.0L Diesel (2023+), offering a significant upgrade over the factory-fitted intercooler and piping. Developed in collaboration with CTB Performance, this kit is designed for enthusiasts and professionals seeking improved charge air cooling, reliability, and performance from their Ranger’s diesel engine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Fenix Intercooler \u0026amp; Pipe Kit Improves Your Ford Ranger\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis performance package replaces the standard plastic and alloy intercooler and piping, which can be a weak point under demanding conditions. The Fenix kit features a full aluminium intercooler and robust pipework, helping to deliver cooler, denser air to the engine. This results in improved combustion efficiency, reduced intake air temperatures (IATs), and greater resistance to heat soak—especially important for towing, off-road, and heavy-duty use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Upgrade Makes a Difference\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOwners who push their Ranger 3.0L Diesel—whether for off-road adventures, towing, or performance driving—will benefit most from this upgrade. The increased intercooler capacity and improved heat dissipation help maintain consistent power delivery, even during extended periods of high load. This kit is ideal for drivers who have experienced heat-related performance drop-off or want to future-proof their vehicle for modifications such as tuning or larger turbochargers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Performance Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDyno-tested to reduce intake air temperatures by over 20°C*\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e37.5% increased intercooler capacity for improved thermal management*\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBar \u0026amp; plate construction with temperature-efficient inner fin design\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e63mm inlet and outlet for optimal airflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlloy construction for durability and heat resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlack powder-coated intercooler and piping for a discreet, factory-style appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConstant tension hose clamps to ensure reliable sealing under boost\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect fitment using OEM fittings and sensors—no cutting or fabrication required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e*As tested by Fenix and CTB Performance. Actual results may vary depending on vehicle setup and conditions.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFenix\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntercooler \u0026amp; Pipe Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNext-Gen Ford Ranger 3.0L Diesel (2023+)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIntercooler Construction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull aluminium, bar \u0026amp; plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInlet\/Outlet Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntercooler, all intercooler pipes, black silicone joiners, hose clamps, fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Practical Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Fenix kit is designed for straightforward installation, using all original equipment fittings and sensors. Only basic hand tools are required, and no permanent modifications to the vehicle are necessary. This makes it suitable for both DIY enthusiasts and professional workshops. The robust construction and quality fittings help ensure long-term reliability, even in harsh environments or under sustained boost pressures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Upgrade Your Ford Ranger’s Intercooler?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFactory intercoolers on the Next-Gen Ford Ranger 3.0L Diesel can struggle with heat soak and airflow restrictions, especially when towing, off-roading, or running performance upgrades. This can lead to higher intake air temperatures, reduced power, and increased engine stress. The Fenix Intercooler \u0026amp; Pipe Kit addresses these issues by providing a larger, more efficient cooling solution, helping to maintain consistent performance and protect your engine under demanding conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat vehicles does this kit fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is designed specifically for the Next-Gen Ford Ranger 3.0L Diesel models from 2023 onwards. It is not confirmed for earlier models or other engine variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs any modification required for installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo permanent modifications are needed. The kit uses all OEM mounting points and sensor locations, making installation straightforward with basic tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat improvements can I expect after installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect lower intake air temperatures, improved throttle response, and more consistent power delivery—especially under load, during towing, or in hot conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this kit affect my vehicle’s warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs with any aftermarket performance upgrade, warranty implications depend on your dealer and local regulations. It is advisable to check with your vehicle manufacturer or dealer before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this kit support further engine modifications?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the increased cooling capacity and robust construction make it suitable for supporting additional upgrades such as tuning, larger turbos, or exhaust modifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes the Fenix Pro Series Intercooler, all required piping, black silicone joiners, hose clamps, and fittings—everything needed for installation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fenix","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52215112139094,"sku":null,"price":1100.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/RangerV6DieselIntercooler-5.png?v=1767648182"},{"product_id":"manta-performance-exhaust-kit-toyota-land-cruiser-vdj200-series-4-5l-v8-wagon-2007-2015","title":"Manta VDJ200 Series Performance Exhaust Kit - Toyota Land Cruiser 4.5L V8 Wagon (2007-2015) Turbo-Back Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003eManta VDJ200 Series Exhaust Kit for Toyota Land Cruiser 4.5L V8\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Manta Exhaust Kit Transforms Your Land Cruiser\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta Performance Exhaust Kit is engineered specifically for the Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ200 Series 4.5L V8 Wagon (2007–2015). Designed to replace the restrictive factory exhaust, this upgrade unleashes the true potential of the 1VD-FTV V8 turbo diesel, delivering improved power, torque, and responsiveness for serious off-roaders and touring enthusiasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePerformance Gains and System Functionality\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFactory exhaust systems on the VDJ200 are known for limiting power output and increasing turbo lag. The Manta kit addresses these issues by reducing back pressure and optimising exhaust flow. This results in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNoticeably reduced turbo lag for quicker throttle response\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eImproved peak power and torque across the rev range\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePotential fuel consumption reduction by 1–2L per 100km (average reported)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnhanced V8 exhaust note, with configuration options for touring or extreme sound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy allowing the engine to breathe more efficiently, the Manta exhaust supports both daily driving and demanding off-road conditions, making it a popular choice for those seeking more from their Land Cruiser.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Manta VDJ200 Series Kit Excels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis exhaust system is ideal for owners who:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRegularly tow heavy loads or caravans\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUndertake long-distance touring or remote expeditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWant to maximise the performance and efficiency of their 4.5L V8\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeek a customisable exhaust note, from subtle to aggressive\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you use your VDJ200 for serious off-roading, overlanding, or as a powerful daily driver, the Manta kit is designed to handle tough environments and support high-output builds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Manta VDJ200 Series Exhaust Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEngineered for the Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ200 Series 4.5L V8 Wagon (2007–2015)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMultiple configurations: Touring (dual 2.5\") and Extreme (dual 3\") turbo-back options\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigh-flow catalytic converters and muffler options for tailored sound and performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConstructed from stainless steel for durability and corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChoice of tailpipe finishes, including twin 3.5\" chrome or single 4\" exit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for straightforward installation with vehicle-specific fitment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Material Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll Manta exhaust kits for the VDJ200 Series are manufactured from stainless steel, ensuring long-term resistance to rust and harsh conditions. The system features precision-bent pipework and high-flow components, with options to suit different sound and performance preferences. Both Touring and Extreme variants are available, allowing you to select the best match for your build and driving style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Compatibility Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis exhaust kit is a direct fit for the Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ200 Series Wagon (2007–2015) with the 4.5L V8 turbo diesel engine (no DPF). For vehicles with a 2\" suspension lift—especially those used for towing—the 3\" system is recommended to ensure adequate clearance. Turbo-back systems without catalytic converters are intended for off-road use only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is designed to be straightforward for experienced enthusiasts or professional fitters. All necessary hardware is included, and the system is tailored to the VDJ200 chassis for optimal alignment and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerformance Exhaust Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToyota Land Cruiser VDJ200 Series 4.5L V8 Wagon (2007–2015, no DPF)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePipework Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual 2.5\" (Touring), Dual 3\" (Extreme)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTurbo-back, with or without catalytic converters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTailpipe Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwin 3.5\" chrome or single 4\" exit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Upgrade? Real-World Problem Solving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard exhaust system on the VDJ200 restricts the engine’s ability to expel gases efficiently, leading to increased turbo lag, limited power, and higher fuel consumption. The Manta kit directly addresses these issues, helping your Land Cruiser perform better under load, on long trips, and in demanding off-road conditions. For those seeking reliability, power, and a more engaging driving experience, this upgrade is a proven solution widely used by touring and off-road enthusiasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions – Manta VDJ200 Series Exhaust Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat configurations are available for the Manta VDJ200 Series exhaust?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is available in Touring (dual 2.5\") and Extreme (dual 3\") turbo-back configurations, with options for different mufflers and tailpipe finishes to suit your sound and performance preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this exhaust kit compatible with all VDJ200 Land Cruisers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is designed for the Toyota Land Cruiser VDJ200 Series Wagon (2007–2015) with the 4.5L V8 turbo diesel engine and no DPF. Always confirm your vehicle’s year and engine before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill installing this exhaust affect towing or suspension clearance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor vehicles with a 2\" suspension lift, especially those used for towing, the 3\" system is recommended to ensure proper clearance and avoid interference with underbody components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the exhaust system road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurbo-back systems without catalytic converters are intended for off-road use only. Always check local regulations regarding emissions and vehicle modifications before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the maintenance requirements?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stainless steel construction offers excellent corrosion resistance. Regular inspection of mounts and joints is recommended, especially after off-road use or exposure to harsh environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install this kit myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is designed for direct fitment and includes all required hardware. Installation can be completed by experienced enthusiasts or professional workshops familiar with exhaust systems.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Manta","offers":[{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 2.5\" Dual To 3\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":52218353221974,"sku":"SSMKTY0037","price":2098.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 2.5\" Dual To 3\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":52218353254742,"sku":"SSMKTY0039","price":2098.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 2.5\" Dual To 3\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":52218353353046,"sku":"SSMKTY0041","price":2098.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Dual To 4\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":52218353287510,"sku":"SSMKTY0174","price":2598.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Dual To 4\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":52218353320278,"sku":"SSMKTY0053","price":2598.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Dual To 4\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":52218454933846,"sku":"SSMKTY0054","price":2598.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Dual L\u0026R \/ Medium","offer_id":52218454966614,"sku":"SSMKTY0049","price":2698.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back With CAT \/ 3\" Dual L\u0026R \/ Loud","offer_id":52218454999382,"sku":"SSMKTY0050","price":2498.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 2.5\" Dual To 3\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":52218353418582,"sku":"SSMKTY0043","price":2098.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 2.5\" Dual To 3\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":52218353385814,"sku":"SSMKTY0045","price":2098.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 2.5\" Dual To 3\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":52218353516886,"sku":"SSMKTY0047","price":2098.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Dual To 4\" Single \/ Quiet","offer_id":52218353451350,"sku":"SSMKTY0175","price":2298.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Dual To 4\" Single \/ Medium","offer_id":52218353484118,"sku":"SSMKTY0055","price":2298.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Dual To 4\" Single \/ Loud","offer_id":52218455032150,"sku":"SSMKTY0056","price":2298.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Dual L\u0026R \/ Medium","offer_id":52218455064918,"sku":"SSMKTY0051","price":2598.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back Without CAT \/ 3\" Dual L\u0026R \/ Loud","offer_id":52218455097686,"sku":"SSMKTY0052","price":2598.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/VDJ200_Product_Wagon_Image_1_2007-2015.png?v=1767722008"},{"product_id":"manta-performance-exhaust-next-gen-ford-ranger-3-0l-diesel-2022-2025","title":"Manta Performance Exhaust – Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L Turbo 2022+ (with DPF) – Stainless Steel DPF-Back System","description":"\u003ch2\u003eManta Performance Exhaust for Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L Turbo (2022 Onwards)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat This Manta Exhaust System Does\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta Performance Exhaust is designed specifically for the Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L Turbo models from 2022 onwards, equipped with a diesel particulate filter (DPF). This DPF-back system replaces the factory exhaust from the DPF rearwards, enhancing exhaust flow and delivering a more distinctive exhaust note. The result is improved sound, refined appearance, and a subtle performance edge for your Ranger, all while maintaining DPF compliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere This Exhaust Upgrade Is Useful\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Manta system is ideal for owners who want to enhance their Ranger’s character without compromising reliability or emissions compliance. Whether you use your Ranger for daily driving, towing, touring, or off-road adventures, this exhaust is built to withstand harsh environments and demanding conditions. The stainless steel construction ensures long-term durability, making it a strong choice for those who expect their vehicle to perform in both urban and remote settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Manta DPF-Back Exhaust\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEngineered for Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L Turbo (2022+ with DPF)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDPF-back configuration retains factory emissions equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMandrel-bent stainless steel tubing for optimal flow and corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDistinctive, deeper exhaust note compared to stock system\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned to withstand tough off-road and towing conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnhances vehicle appearance with a premium finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBacked by a 10-year manufacturer warranty for confidence\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManta manufactures this exhaust in Australia using high-grade stainless steel, ensuring resistance to corrosion and damage from mud, water crossings, and road debris. Mandrel-bent tubing maintains consistent internal diameter throughout each bend, supporting smooth exhaust gas flow and minimising restrictions. All components are crafted for a precise fit to the Ford Ranger Next Gen platform, supporting straightforward installation and reliable performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis DPF-back system is designed for direct fitment to the Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L Turbo (2022 onwards) with the factory DPF in place. No cutting or welding is required for standard installation. While the system is engineered for durability and ease of fitment, professional installation is recommended for optimal results. Always check local regulations regarding exhaust modifications to ensure road legality in your region.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDPF-Back Performance Exhaust System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L Turbo (2022 Onwards, with DPF)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDPF-Back\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 Years (Manufacturer)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReal-World Problem Solved\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFactory exhaust systems on modern diesel vehicles are often restrictive and produce a muted sound, especially with DPFs in place. This can limit driving enjoyment and reduce the sense of engagement, particularly for enthusiasts and those who use their Ranger for towing or off-road work. The Manta DPF-back exhaust addresses this by improving exhaust flow and delivering a more purposeful note, all while retaining emissions compliance and robust build quality for challenging environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions – Manta DPF-Back Exhaust for Ford Ranger Next Gen\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this exhaust system fit all Ford Ranger Next Gen V6 3.0L Turbo models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis system is designed for the Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L Turbo from 2022 onwards, specifically for vehicles equipped with a DPF. Always confirm compatibility with your exact model before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this exhaust affect my vehicle’s warranty or emissions compliance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a DPF-back system, this exhaust retains the factory DPF and is designed to maintain emissions compliance. However, warranty and legal implications may vary by region, so check local regulations and consult your dealer if unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the main benefits over the standard exhaust?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta system offers improved exhaust flow, a deeper and more engaging sound, and greater resistance to corrosion and damage compared to the factory system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs professional installation required?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile the system is designed for direct fitment, professional installation is recommended to ensure correct alignment and sealing, especially if you are not experienced with exhaust work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this exhaust with other performance upgrades?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Manta DPF-back exhaust is compatible with other bolt-on upgrades such as snorkels, intercoolers, and tuning solutions, provided they are designed for the same vehicle platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the exhaust sound compared to stock?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis system delivers a noticeably deeper and more refined note than the factory exhaust, without excessive drone or harshness, making it suitable for daily use and long-distance touring.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Manta","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52317841785174,"sku":"SSMKFD0296","price":1999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/DPF_4inch_SS.png?v=1768318324"},{"product_id":"manta-performance-exhaust-ford-mustang-dark-horse-s650-5-0l-v8-fastback-2024-performance-exhaust","title":"Manta Performance Exhaust - Ford Mustang Dark Horse S650 5.0L V8 Fastback (2024+) Performance Exhaust","description":"\u003ch2\u003eManta Performance Exhaust for Ford Mustang Dark Horse S650 5.0L V8 Fastback\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Manta Performance Exhaust Enhances Your Mustang\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta Performance Exhaust is engineered specifically for the Ford Mustang Dark Horse S650 5.0L V8 Fastback (2024+), delivering a significant upgrade over the factory system. This system is designed to improve exhaust gas flow, reduce backpressure, and enhance the signature V8 sound, making it a compelling choice for drivers seeking both performance and a more engaging driving experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat This Exhaust System Does\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy replacing the restrictive stock exhaust, the Manta system allows exhaust gases to exit more efficiently. The use of dual 3-inch mandrel-bent stainless steel pipework minimises flow restrictions, supporting smoother throttle response and allowing the engine to breathe more freely across the rev range. The result is a deeper, more pronounced exhaust note and improved engine performance, especially noticeable during spirited driving or track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Manta Exhaust Upgrade Makes a Difference\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis exhaust system is ideal for Mustang owners who want to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUnlock a deeper, more aggressive V8 sound without excessive cabin drone\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnhance throttle response and overall engine efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUpgrade to a durable, corrosion-resistant stainless steel system\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaintain compatibility with factory mounting points for straightforward installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrepare their vehicle for road, track, or performance street use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you’re building a daily-driven muscle car or preparing for occasional track days, this system supports a wide range of performance and enthusiast applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Manta Performance Exhaust\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEngineered for the Ford Mustang Dark Horse S650 5.0L V8 Fastback (2024+)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction for long-term durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDual 3-inch mandrel-bent tubing for optimal exhaust flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTuned for a deeper, more engaging V8 exhaust note\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrates with factory mounting points for ease of installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable with ceramic coating for improved thermal management\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e200 CEL sports cats option to help reduce exhaust temperatures and backpressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerformance Exhaust System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Mustang Dark Horse S650 5.0L V8 Fastback (2024+)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePipework\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual 3-inch mandrel-bent stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory mounting points\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOptional Features\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeramic coating, 200 CEL sports cats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Practical Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta Performance Exhaust is designed for straightforward installation, utilising the Mustang’s original mounting points. This ensures a secure fit and seamless integration with the vehicle’s factory exhaust layout. Professional installation is recommended for optimal results, especially if selecting options such as ceramic coating or sports cats. The system is suitable for both road and performance driving, making it a versatile choice for enthusiasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReal-World Problem Solving: Why Upgrade?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFactory exhaust systems are often designed with cost and noise regulations in mind, which can restrict performance and mute the natural sound of the V8 engine. The Manta Performance Exhaust addresses these issues by reducing flow restrictions and enhancing the exhaust note, allowing your Mustang’s 5.0L V8 to perform and sound as intended. This upgrade helps prevent excessive backpressure and heat build-up, supporting engine longevity and consistent performance in demanding conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this exhaust system compatible with all Ford Mustang S650 5.0L V8 Fastback models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis system is engineered specifically for the Ford Mustang Dark Horse S650 5.0L V8 Fastback (2024+). Always confirm your vehicle’s model and year before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the main benefits compared to the factory exhaust?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta system offers improved exhaust flow, a deeper V8 sound, reduced backpressure, and durable stainless steel construction over the factory system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install this exhaust at home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile installation is designed to be straightforward with factory mounting points, professional fitting is recommended for best results, especially if selecting optional features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this exhaust system affect emissions compliance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe inclusion of 200 CEL sports cats helps reduce emissions and backpressure, but local regulations may vary. Check compliance requirements in your region.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs ceramic coating necessary?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCeramic coating is optional but recommended for improved thermal management, especially if the vehicle is used for track or high-performance applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the exhaust be too loud for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe system is tuned to provide a deeper, more engaging sound while maintaining a controlled noise level suitable for regular road use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Manta","offers":[{"title":"Headers \u0026 Cats (£2355)","offer_id":52320648757590,"sku":"SSMKFD0329","price":2355.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Headers \u0026 Cats - Ceramic Coated (£2744)","offer_id":52320648790358,"sku":"SSMKFD0334","price":2744.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/SSMKFD0329_be5de977-b158-4835-8edd-5fced518e71f.png?v=1768381899"},{"product_id":"dt-trx-1500-6-2l-supercharged-hemi-v8-petrol-2020","title":"Manta RAM 1500 DT TRX 6.2 Supercharged V8 Exhaust - Cat-Back or Full System","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA supercharged V8 deserves to be heard.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe TRX is hardly a truck you buy to blend in. A Manta exhaust makes its supercharged V8 soundtrack a bigger part of the enjoyment, with twin 3-inch pipework and 5-inch black tips to finish the rear. Choose the cat-back for the sound upgrade, or the full system when headers, high-flow catalysts and new front routing belong in your build too.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eYour options\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCat Back (£2500)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMKRA0010\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFull System - 1 3\/4\" Headers (£3950)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMKRA0011\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFull System - 1 3\/4\" Ceramic Coated Headers (£4175)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMKRA0012\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEnjoy more of the engine that makes the TRX special\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou already have the supercharged V8; the exhaust is about making more of its character part of the drive. The cat-back changes the rear system while keeping the original headers and front pipework, making it our starting point when sound is the main attraction. The full system goes further, pairing the headers and high-flow catalysts with an H-pipe crossover, hotdog resonators and a centre muffler. Both finish with large black tips that suit the TRX’s presence.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCat-back or full system?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe SSMKRA0010 cat-back is the medium-sound option, retaining the original headers and front pipework. SSMKRA0011 is the louder full system with 1¾-inch headers and high-flow catalysts. SSMKRA0012 has the same loud full-system configuration with ceramic-coated headers. The full-system headers use a four-into-one layout and 3-inch outlets; both full systems require a supporting tune.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat the full system adds beneath the truck\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe full system reroutes the front exhaust behind the transmission crossmember, away from the original route alongside the transmission. That gives you a different front-pipe layout as well as the header and catalyst upgrade, which is why it is a more substantial purchase than a cat-back. The cat-back leaves the factory front routing in place. We would choose between them on that basis, rather than paying for a full system when all you want is more exhaust sound.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting your Manta\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cat-back does not require a tune for the exhaust change alone; the full system does. Allow around 45 minutes for the cat-back or 4-5 hours for the full system as installation estimates, with the final fitting quote agreed for your truck. The tips are aligned and welded into their finished position. The application is the DT Crew Cab TRX with the supported ASV or SCD steering-conversion arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose a sound you will still enjoy on the long drive\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMore V8 sound is a large part of the appeal, but a truck used for towing spends plenty of time under sustained load. Cabin drone can occur with these louder configurations, so we would put towing comfort ahead of outright volume if you regularly cover long distances with a trailer. Keep the black tips clean with a suitable non-abrasive cleaner once cool, and have joints and clearances checked if a rattle develops.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRAM 1500 DT TRX 6.2 Supercharged V8; DT Crew Cab application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne exhaust in the selected configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain pipework\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwin 3-inch \/ 76.2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull-system crossover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH-pipe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull-system sound-control components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHotdog resonators and muffler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-inch \/ 127 mm black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull-system headers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1¾-inch primaries; four-into-one; 3-inch outlets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull-system catalysts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-flow catalysts included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalibration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull system: required; cat-back: not required for this change alone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTip fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWelding required for final alignment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU \/ part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMKRA0010, SSMKRA0011, SSMKRA0012\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a tune?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe full system does. The cat-back does not require a tune for the exhaust change alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the cat-back move the pipes away from the transmission?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It retains the factory front pipework. The rerouting behind the crossmember comes with the full system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the headers included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are included with the full system, not the cat-back. The highest-priced full-system option adds ceramic-coated headers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it completely bolt-on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tips require welding for final alignment. The full system is also a more involved installation because it replaces the headers and front sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it drone when towing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can, particularly under sustained towing load. If most of your miles involve a trailer and a quiet cabin matters to you, tell us before choosing the system so we can help you find a sound configuration you will enjoy on those journeys too.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit the older DS Classic?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the DT Crew Cab application. It is not the older DS Classic system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the full system worth it if I mainly want more sound?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe would start with the cat-back. The full system is worth considering when you also want the headers, high-flow catalysts and revised front routing, and are ready to include the supporting tune.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Manta","offers":[{"title":"Cat Back (£2500)","offer_id":52323290120534,"sku":"SSMKRA0010","price":2500.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Full System - 1 3\/4\" Headers (£3950)","offer_id":52323290153302,"sku":"SSMKRA0011","price":3950.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Full System - 1 3\/4\" Ceramic Coated Headers (£4175)","offer_id":52323290186070,"sku":"SSMKRA0012","price":4175.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Ram.png?v=1768381550"},{"product_id":"manta-performance-exhaust-ram-1500-dt-5-7l-hemi-v8-petrol-2020","title":"Manta RAM 1500 DT 5.7 Hemi V8 2020+ Exhaust - Cat-Back or Full System","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLet your Hemi sound like a Hemi.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLet the Hemi be a bigger part of every drive. The Manta SSMKRA0006 medium-sound cat-back keeps the factory front exhaust and adds a centre muffler, twin rear outlets and 5-inch black tips. The louder SSMKRA0007 full system goes further with twin 3-inch pipework, headers, high-flow catalysts and revised front routing. Choose the cat-back for sound alone, or the full system for the additional hardware and supporting tune.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eYour options\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCat Back (£1950)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMKRA0006\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFull System - 1 3\/4 Headers (£3999)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMKRA0007\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA V8 soundtrack worth taking the longer route for\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe SSMKRA0006 cat-back uses a centre muffler and twin rear pipework to give the Hemi more exhaust presence, finished with black tips that stand out without a bright polished finish. It is the medium-sound configuration: enough emphasis on the exhaust to make it part of the experience, with the original front system retained. The SSMKRA0007 full system adds headers and high-flow catalysts, with an H-pipe, hotdog resonators and a centre muffler in its twin 3-inch layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCat-back or full system?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose SSMKRA0006 for the medium-sound cat-back with the original headers and front exhaust retained. SSMKRA0007 is the loud full system: 1¾-inch four-into-one headers with 3-inch outlets, high-flow catalysts and twin 3-inch pipework. Its hotdog resonators and centre muffler are part of that full-system configuration. A supporting tune is required for the full system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the full system costs more\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe full system replaces the headers and changes the front pipework as well as the rear exhaust. Its front pipes run behind the transmission crossmember, away from the factory route alongside the transmission. Choose it when those changes matter to your build, with the required tune included in your plans. The cat-back keeps the original front routing and is our starting point when your main aim is enjoying more Hemi sound.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and the first drive\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cat-back retains the original headers and front system. The full system replaces those sections and requires a supporting tune. Allow around 45 minutes for a cat-back installation or 4-5 hours for a full system as estimates; your fitting quote will depend on the truck and the work booked. The tips need careful final alignment, with tack-welding recommended to keep them in position. This is the DT Crew Cab application with the supported ASV or SCD steering-conversion arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLive with the sound, not just the acceleration clip\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe medium cat-back can drone when towing. That matters if your RAM spends long days pulling a trailer: the sound you enjoy on a short drive may be more noticeable under steady load. If a relaxed towing cabin is your priority, we would help you choose a quieter configuration before you commit. Once fitted, clean the black tips when cool with a suitable non-abrasive cleaner and have any new rattle checked for joint or clearance issues.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRAM 1500 DT 5.7 Hemi V8 2020+; DT Crew Cab application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne exhaust in the selected configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMain pipework\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwin 3-inch \/ 76.2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull-system crossover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH-pipe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull-system sound-control components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHotdog resonators and muffler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-inch \/ 127 mm black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull-system headers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1¾-inch primaries; four-into-one; 3-inch outlets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull-system catalysts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-flow catalysts included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalibration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull system: required; cat-back: not required for this change alone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTip fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinal alignment; tack-welding recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCat-back sound \/ silencing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMKRA0006: medium; centre muffler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU \/ part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSMKRA0006, SSMKRA0007\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a tune?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe full system does. The cat-back does not require a tune for the exhaust change alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the cat-back move the pipes away from the transmission?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It retains the factory front pipework. The rerouting behind the crossmember comes with the full system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the headers included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are included with the full system, not the cat-back. The full-system choice uses the 1¾-inch headers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it completely bolt-on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe main system uses its supplied connections, but the tips need final alignment and tack-welding is recommended to hold that alignment. The full system also replaces the headers and front sections, so it is a more involved installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it drone when towing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe medium SSMKRA0006 cat-back can drone under towing load. If you regularly tow for long distances, we would put cabin comfort first and help you choose a quieter configuration rather than assuming a louder exhaust will suit every journey.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit the older DS Classic?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the DT Crew Cab application. It is not the older DS Classic system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich version would you choose just for more V8 sound?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cat-back. It gives you the rear-system sound and black tips while retaining the original headers and front pipework, with no tune required for this exhaust change alone.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Manta","offers":[{"title":"Cat Back (£1950)","offer_id":52323993452886,"sku":"SSMKRA0006","price":1950.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Full System - 1 3\/4 Headers (£3999)","offer_id":52323993485654,"sku":"SSMKRA0007","price":3999.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Car_f57fec24-865a-4ea7-af22-494e79d4188d.png?v=1768386876"},{"product_id":"manta-performance-ford-ranger-next-gen-t6-2-v6-3-0l-2022-twin-side-tipped-exit-exhaust-with-dpf","title":"Manta Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L 2022+ Twin Side Tipped Exit Exhaust (with DPF) – DPF-Back Performance Exhaust System","description":"\u003ch2\u003eManta Performance Twin Side Tipped Exit Exhaust for Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L (2022+)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat the Manta DPF-Back Twin Side Exit Exhaust Delivers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta Performance DPF-back exhaust system is engineered specifically for the Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L (2022+). This system replaces the factory exhaust from the diesel particulate filter (DPF) rearwards, offering a distinctive twin black side-exit appearance and a more engaging exhaust note. Designed for owners who want to enhance their Ranger’s sound, style, and driving experience without interfering with emissions equipment, this upgrade is ideal for both daily use and demanding off-road conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose This Twin Side Exit Exhaust for Your Ford Ranger?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFactory exhausts on modern diesel utes are often restrictive, prioritising compliance and quiet operation over driver engagement. The Manta DPF-back system addresses these limitations by allowing freer exhaust flow after the DPF, resulting in a deeper, more pronounced note and a unique side-exit look. The twin side-exit design also helps maximise ground clearance, making it a practical choice for off-roaders and those who regularly encounter rough terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis system is best suited for Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L owners seeking:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eA more assertive, refined exhaust sound that stands out from stock\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVisual distinction with twin black side-exit tips\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eImproved ground clearance for off-road and touring builds\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eA robust, corrosion-resistant solution for harsh environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEmissions compliance by retaining the factory DPF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Manta DPF-Back Twin Side Exit System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect fit for Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L (2022+)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDPF-back configuration: retains emissions equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwin black powder-coated tips for a premium finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMandrel-bent aluminised steel construction for durability and flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDistinctive side-exit design supports ground clearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEngineered for both on-road and off-road reliability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBacked by a 2-year manufacturer warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Technical Details\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta DPF-back system is manufactured from aluminised steel, chosen for its balance of strength, corrosion resistance, and cost-effectiveness. Mandrel-bent tubing ensures smooth exhaust flow, minimising restrictions after the DPF. The twin black tips are powder-coated for a durable, stealth appearance that complements the Ranger’s styling. While exact pipe diameter and tip dimensions are not specified, this system is engineered to suit the demands of the V6 3.0L platform and is tailored for the Next Gen Ranger’s underbody layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Practical Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis exhaust is designed for straightforward bolt-on installation to Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L models equipped with a factory DPF. No modifications to emissions equipment are required. Professional installation is recommended to ensure correct alignment, optimal sealing, and long-term durability. Routine checks for secure mounting and periodic cleaning of the tips will help maintain appearance and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDPF-Back Performance Exhaust System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L (2022+)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExit Style\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwin Side Tipped Exit (Black)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminised Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDPF Back\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolving Real-World Exhaust System Challenges\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMany Ranger owners find the stock exhaust lacks character and can be a limiting factor for those who tow, tour, or drive off-road. The Manta DPF-back system helps address these issues by providing a more engaging sound, improved ground clearance, and a durable solution for harsh conditions. By retaining the DPF, it supports emissions compliance while allowing enthusiasts to personalise their vehicle’s performance and appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this exhaust fit my Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L with a DPF?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, this system is engineered specifically for the Ford Ranger Next Gen T6.2 V6 3.0L (2022+) with a factory DPF. It is not suitable for earlier models or those without a DPF.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes installing this exhaust affect emissions compliance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, as a DPF-back system, it retains the original diesel particulate filter. Always check local regulations before installation, as requirements may vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the twin side exit design unique?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe twin side exit provides a distinctive visual upgrade and a deeper, more pronounced exhaust note. It also helps maximise ground clearance, which is valuable for off-road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the system suitable for heavy-duty or off-road use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the aluminised steel construction and robust design are intended to withstand the rigours of off-road driving, touring, and towing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I install this exhaust myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe system is designed for straightforward fitment, but professional installation is recommended to ensure correct alignment and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat maintenance does the exhaust require?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoutine inspection for secure mounting and occasional cleaning of the tips is advised. The aluminised steel is resistant to corrosion, but regular care will help maintain appearance and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Manta","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52328120418646,"sku":"HA-V52328120418646","price":2300.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/SSMKFD0275T.jpg?v=1772023073"},{"product_id":"manta-performance-ford-ranger-px2-px3-3-2l-diesel-crd-2016-2022-exhaust-system","title":"Manta Performance Ford Ranger PX2\/PX3 3.2L Diesel CRD Exhaust System - Performance Upgrade","description":"\u003ch2\u003eManta Performance Exhaust System for Ford Ranger PX2\/PX3 3.2L Diesel CRD\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta Performance Exhaust System is engineered specifically for the Ford Ranger PX2 and PX3 3.2L Diesel CRD models (2016–2022), delivering a significant upgrade in exhaust flow, turbo response, and overall driving character. Built for enthusiasts and demanding users, this system replaces the restrictive factory exhaust, unlocking the true potential of the Ranger's five-cylinder diesel engine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Manta Exhaust System Improves Your Ranger\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis performance exhaust system is designed to optimise exhaust gas flow, reduce backpressure, and enhance turbocharger efficiency. By maintaining a consistent 3-inch mandrel-bent path and utilising a straight-through muffler design, the Manta system allows your engine to breathe more freely. The result is improved throttle response, quicker turbo spool, and lower exhaust gas temperatures, especially under load or during spirited driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplication Scenarios: Who Should Choose This Exhaust Upgrade?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta Performance Exhaust System is ideal for Ranger owners who:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTow heavy loads and require improved engine efficiency and cooler running temperatures\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRegularly drive off-road and need a robust, vibration-resistant exhaust\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeek a deeper, more purposeful exhaust note without excessive cabin drone\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlan further performance upgrades such as ECU tuning and want a supporting exhaust system\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eValue a direct-fit solution that retains factory mounting points for straightforward installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis upgrade is especially suited for dual cab models equipped with the factory DPF system, but also supports more aggressive configurations for off-road or motorsport builds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of the Manta Performance Exhaust\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e3-inch mandrel-bent tubing for maximised airflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStraight-through muffler for reduced restriction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eImproved turbo response and mid-range torque\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLower exhaust gas temperatures under load\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-on fitment using existing mounting points\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIntegrated flex bellows to absorb drivetrain movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChoice of stainless or aluminised steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOptional twin-tip side exit for a unique appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDPF-Back System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Retains the factory DPF, offering improved flow and a refined performance note.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurbo-Back with Catalytic Converter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Full replacement from turbo outlet, maintaining catalytic function for enhanced flow and sound.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTurbo-Back (Cat\/DPF Delete – Off-Road Use):\u003c\/strong\u003e Maximum flow and aggressive sound, intended for off-road or motorsport use only. Requires ECU recalibration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction and Durability\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta system features precision-formed mandrel bends, straight-through muffler technology, and integrated flex bellows for durability. Choose between stainless steel for maximum corrosion resistance or aluminised steel for value-focused builds. The design supports long-term reliability, even under heavy towing or off-road conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Fitment Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis exhaust system is designed as a direct bolt-on upgrade for Ford Ranger PX2 (2016–2018) and PX3 (2018–2022) 3.2L Diesel CRD dual cab models. All factory mounting points are retained, ensuring straightforward installation for experienced DIYers or professional workshops. Off-road and cat\/DPF delete configurations require ECU recalibration and are not intended for road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerformance Exhaust System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVehicle Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger PX2\/PX3 3.2L Diesel CRD (2016–2022), Dual Cab, DPF-equipped\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePipe Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-inch mandrel-bent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDPF-back, Turbo-back with Cat, Turbo-back (Cat\/DPF Delete)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel or aluminised steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 10 years (stainless systems)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this exhaust fit my Ford Ranger PX2 or PX3 3.2L Diesel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, this system is engineered for dual cab PX2 (2016–2018) and PX3 (2018–2022) models with the 3.2L Diesel CRD engine and factory DPF.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the main benefits over the factory exhaust?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Manta system improves exhaust flow, turbo response, and reduces exhaust gas temperatures, supporting better performance and efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs installation straightforward?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the system is designed as a direct bolt-on using factory mounting points. Professional installation is recommended for turbo-back or off-road configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the turbo-back (cat\/DPF delete) system on the road?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the cat\/DPF delete configuration is intended for off-road or motorsport use only and requires ECU recalibration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat material options are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can choose between stainless steel for maximum durability or aluminised steel for a cost-effective solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this exhaust make my Ranger much louder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDPF-back systems provide a refined, deeper note. Turbo-back and delete systems offer a more aggressive sound, especially suited to performance builds.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Manta","offers":[{"title":"DPF Back \/ Stainless Steel \/ Black Tips \/ 3\" Twin Exit","offer_id":52417232830806,"sku":"SSMKFD0252T-B","price":1800.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back with Cats \/ Stainless Steel \/ Black Tips \/ Loud \/ 3\" Twin Exit","offer_id":52417232863574,"sku":"SSMKFD0273T-B","price":1999.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo Back without Cats \/ Stainless Steel \/ Black Tips \/ Loud \/ 3\" Twin Exit","offer_id":52417232896342,"sku":"SSMKFD0274T-B","price":1899.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Main_Image_c1a5c488-2035-4a3e-b9a0-fa20b7bad4c5.png?v=1769167815"},{"product_id":"apex-chassis-heavy-duty-tie-rod-kit-ford-bronco-2020-2025-ranger-raptor-2019-2025-upgraded-steering-tie-rods","title":"Apex Chassis KIT300 Tie Rod Kit for Ford Bronco \/ Ranger Raptor","description":"\u003ch2\u003eUpgrade the steering links on your Bronco or Ranger Raptor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen rough tracks are part of the fun, stronger steering links are a sensible upgrade to make while replacing worn parts. Apex KIT300 gives your Bronco or Ranger Raptor a pair of heavy-duty inner and outer tie rod assemblies, in a design 33% larger than OE. Forged housings, chromoly studs and greaseable metal-to-metal bearings give you substantial hardware you can maintain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e KIT300\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBoth front steering links in one kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit contains a TR220 and a TR221 inner\/outer assembly, with boots, grease fittings and hardware. The SAE 1045 forged steel housings are CNC machined, while the hot-forged SAE 4140 chromoly studs are polished for smooth bearing movement. Rolled and stepped threads and an E-coat finish complete the assemblies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBoots that move with the steering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCR rubber accordion boots provide flexibility as the steering articulates, helping protect the joints from dirt and road contaminants. The joints arrive pre-greased and have grease fittings and internal grease channels. Replacement boot references are XP109 for the outer boot and BEL300 for the inner boot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBronco fitment and HOSS systems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bronco application is 2021-2025 4WD, excluding Bronco Sport. The listed versions include Big Bend, Black Diamond, Outer Banks and Badlands for 2021-2025, plus Heritage and Heritage Limited for 2023-2025. The kit fits HOSS 1.0 and HOSS 2.0; on HOSS 3.0 the boot needs stretching over the rack side during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting to a Ranger Raptor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ranger Raptor application is 2019-2025 4WD. Have the pair fitted and aligned using the procedure for your model year and steering configuration. The linked Ranger Raptor fitting guide is for 2024-onwards models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAlignment and servicing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assemblies arrive pre-assembled, but fitting still involves separating the inner and outer sections to install them on the steering rack. Have the work and wheel alignment completed properly, then inspect the boots and jam-nut torque at oil changes. Add grease only as needed: overfilling can damage the boots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKIT300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBronco application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2021-2025 4WD; not Bronco Sport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRanger Raptor application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2019-2025 4WD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssemblies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne TR220 and one TR221 inner\/outer tie rod assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBronco HOSS compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHOSS 1.0 and 2.0; HOSS 3.0 requires rack-side boot stretching\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement outer boot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXP109\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement inner boot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBEL300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApex Chassis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty front inner and outer tie rod kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo pre-assembled inner\/outer tie rod assemblies, one for each side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHousing material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCNC-machined SAE 1045 forged steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBall stud material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot-forged SAE 4140 chromoly steel, polished\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBearing design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal-to-metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesign comparison\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33% larger than OE design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThreads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRolled and stepped\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCR rubber with flexible accordion bellows\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE-coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrade 8 \/ class 10.9; castle nuts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLubrication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-greased and greaseable; grease fittings included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInspect boots and jam nut torque at oil changes; avoid over-greasing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAlignment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfessional wheel alignment recommended after fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVehicle fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"vehicle-fitment\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMake\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eYears\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKIT300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBronco\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2021-2025\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4WD; not Sport; listed HOSS and trim conditions apply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKIT300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBronco Heritage \/ Heritage Limited\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2023-2025\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4WD; HOSS conditions apply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKIT300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRanger Raptor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2019-2025\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4WD; use the correct vehicle-specific fitting procedure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFitting instructions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/apexchassis.com\/cdn\/shop\/files\/Ford_Bronco_21_Tie_Rod_Installation_Instructions_6.25.26.pdf?v=16802351402896045280\"\u003eBronco 2021+ \/ Ranger Raptor 2024+ fitting guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this a pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. KIT300 contains two inner\/outer tie rod assemblies, one TR220 and one TR221, to cover both sides of the front steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit Bronco Sport?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Bronco Sport is excluded. The Bronco application starts with the 2021 model year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it work with HOSS 3.0?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with the rack-side boot stretched over the rack during fitting. HOSS 1.0 and 2.0 are also listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit this kit myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe recommend professional fitting and a wheel alignment. Your installer should use the procedure for your model year and steering configuration; the linked Ranger Raptor guide covers 2024-onwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does 33% larger refer to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt describes the larger Apex design compared with OE. It is not a claimed 33% increase in tested strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I service the joints?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. They arrive pre-greased and include grease fittings. Check boots and jam-nut torque at oil changes, and avoid overfilling the boots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWarranty and registration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegister your Apex parts with proof of purchase within 90 days to access the manufacturer's limited lifetime warranty while you own the vehicle. It covers eligible product defects, premature wear and breakage under the policy; labour, consequential costs and listed wear items are excluded. Read the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/apexchassis.com\/pages\/warranty\"\u003ewarranty terms and registration requirements\u003c\/a\u003e for the full conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePayment Terms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor UK customers, the price shown includes VAT, customs charges and supplier shipping costs, so you can order with confidence and avoid unexpected customs bills after purchase. If any customs-related questions or issues arise, Hoonies Adrenaline will handle them for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor orders outside the UK, please contact us through the contact form before purchasing so we can prepare a personalised quote.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShipping and Lead Times\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe aim to keep strong stock availability across the products we sell, but imported, specialist and custom-order items may have a lead time. If you need an estimated delivery window before ordering, please contact us and we will be happy to check this for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you place an order for an item that is currently out of stock or already on order with a supplier, Hoonies Adrenaline will contact you as soon as possible with an update.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Apex Chassis","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52451102032214,"sku":"KIT300","price":360.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/KIT3001.png?v=1769589350"},{"product_id":"fabulous-fabrications-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-twin-intake-alloy-airbox-standard-inlet-location","title":"Fabulous Fabrications Twin Airbox for Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 - Standard Inlet","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOpen the bonnet to something worth looking at, while keeping the standard inlet.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Fabulous Fabrications twin airbox gives the engine bay a focal point: a black TIG-welded alloy housing, clear branded lid and separate intake paths for the two turbos. It is the airbox upgrade for the Raptor owner who wants that finish while keeping the standard inlet arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe assembly includes its filter arrangement and replacement washer filler neck. A snorkel and full alloy washer bottle belong to the separate snorkel package; they are not part of this standard-inlet purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThe detail beneath the clear lid\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 6 mm Perspex lid carries engraved Fabulous branding. A 4.5 mm nitrile gasket and alloy pressure plate form the sealing arrangement, with a Dulux Mannex Black powdercoat finish on the housing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard Unifilter arrangement provides 51% more filtered surface area. Our £100 Ramair pleated-filter upgrade is available as an alternative. The clear lid gives you a convenient view of the filters, while proper servicing still requires opening the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNext-generation Ranger Raptor; standard inlet, non-snorkel arrangement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAirbox\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm aluminium; laser-cut, folded and TIG-welded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 mm Perspex with engraved branding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSeal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5 mm nitrile gasket and alloy pressure plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStandard filter arrangement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eServiceable Unifilter foam elements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFiltered area comparison\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51% increase (standard Unifilter arrangement)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDulux Mannex Black powdercoat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWasher-system part\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement filler neck supplied for this airbox arrangement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRecommended fitting time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 2½ hours; actual workshop time varies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFilter options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard: Unifilter foam. £100 upgrade: waterproof Ramair pleated filters that do not retain water.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe assembly includes the airbox, filter arrangement, clear lid, gasket and pressure plate, fitting components, replacement washer-bottle filler neck and fitting guide. It accommodates the factory inlet-air-temperature sensor and mounting arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe replacement filler neck belongs to this standard-inlet version. The complete alloy washer bottle and snorkel are part of the separate snorkel package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePackage options and prices\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\" style=\"max-width: 100%; overflow-x: auto;\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"range-comparison\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eFilters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eTotal price\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStandard inlet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard Unifilter foam filters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,450.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStandard inlet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRamair waterproof pleated filters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,550.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your filters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard option uses serviceable Unifilter foam elements. Our Ramair upgrade adds waterproof pleated filters that do not retain water, for £100 more. For wet-weather use, we would choose Ramair for its waterproof pleated elements that do not hold water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe filter upgrade changes the elements; the airbox and the rest of your chosen package stay the same. Waterproof filters do not increase the vehicle’s wading limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and bonnet clearance\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow around 2½ hours for fitting. Allow for transferring the temperature sensor, using the factory mounting arrangement, fitting the new washer filler and checking access around the completed airbox. Your installer’s time and price depend on the truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePPD bonnet struts are incompatible. Other aftermarket bonnet struts need their own clearance check, and North American vehicles require modifications. These are worth establishing before ordering so the engine-bay changes work together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf a snorkel is already fitted or firmly in your plan, choose the dedicated airbox-and-snorkel arrangement for that connection. This is the standard-inlet version.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCare for your chosen filters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eStandard Unifilter foam elements are serviceable. Clean, dry and oil them using the specified Unifilter procedure; if water is used, let them dry completely before oiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Ramair upgrade uses pleated elements. Follow the care instructions supplied for those filters rather than applying the Unifilter foam-oiling procedure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter dusty trips, inspect the filters and seals more frequently. On reassembly, seat the filters, gasket and lid correctly and inspect the connections disturbed during servicing. Discuss any effect on vehicle warranty with the provider of that cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpare filters for the standard setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the standard Unifilter setup, the matching Fabulous replacement filters come as a pair of pre-oiled foam pods with 3.5-inch clamp-on inlets and 170 mm height. A prepared spare pair lets you swap elements while the other pair is cleaned and dried.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat Unifilter replacement pair is sold separately. Choose spares to match the filter option fitted in your airbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRelated products and fitting information\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/fabulous-fabrications-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-twin-intake-airbox-5-snorkel\"\u003ededicated snorkel and airbox kit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this version instead of the snorkel package?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt gives you the fabricated twin airbox and clear-lid finish while retaining the standard inlet. Choose the separate snorkel package when you want that raised intake connection too.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the £100 Ramair upgrade add?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt replaces the standard Unifilter foam elements with Ramair pleated filters that are fully waterproof and do not retain water. The airbox and the rest of the selected package stay the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a new washer bottle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt includes a replacement filler neck, not the snorkel kit’s complete alloy washer bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I look after the filters?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard Unifilter foam elements are serviceable and use the specified cleaning and oiling procedure. The optional Ramair pleated filters have their own supplied care instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit with PPD bonnet struts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. PPD bonnet struts are incompatible. Other aftermarket struts need their own clearance check.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a North American Raptor unchanged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNorth American vehicles need modifications for this airbox; it is not an unchanged standard installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I check the filters without opening it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe clear lid helps with a visual check. Cleaning, preparation and correct reseating still require opening the airbox.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fabulous Fabrications","offers":[{"title":"Yes","offer_id":52498384716118,"sku":null,"price":1550.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"No","offer_id":52498384748886,"sku":null,"price":1450.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/RangerRaptorAirbox-Standard1.png?v=1770118604"},{"product_id":"fabulous-fabrications-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-twin-intake-airbox-5-snorkel","title":"Fabulous Fabrications 5-inch Snorkel \u0026 Twin Airbox for Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA statement outside. The same attention to detail under the bonnet.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 5-inch stainless snorkel gives the Raptor a presence you notice from across the car park. Open the bonnet and the Fabulous Fabrications package carries the build through with a matching twin airbox, clear branded lid and purpose-made alloy washer bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the complete snorkel-and-airbox route for the 2022+ Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 petrol: an exterior statement, a raised intake arrangement and hand-fabricated detail under the bonnet. Short Entry and Mid Entry provide the two layout choices. North American models are excluded.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCraftsmanship you can see\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe snorkel is made from 316 stainless steel and purge welded, with a 3 mm laser-cut endcap. Under the bonnet, the airbox and washer bottle use laser-cut, folded and TIG-welded 3 mm aluminium.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe twin airbox gives each turbo a dedicated intake path. Its 6 mm Perspex lid, engraved Fabulous branding, 4.5 mm nitrile gasket and alloy pressure plate make the filters accessible behind a distinctive finished housing. Choose the standard Unifilter foam elements or our £100 Ramair pleated-filter upgrade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2022+ Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSnorkel diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSnorkel construction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e316 stainless steel, fabricated and welded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAirbox and washer bottle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 mm aluminium construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAirbox lid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 mm Perspex with engraved branding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAirbox sealing components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5 mm nitrile gasket and alloy pressure plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWasher bottle capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWasher equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned to retain the original pump, low-level sensor and wiring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAirbox finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack powdercoat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRecommended fitting time\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 hours; installer timing and cost depend on the vehicle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSnorkel fabrication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePurge-welded 316 stainless; 3 mm laser-cut endcap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFilter options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard: Unifilter foam. £100 upgrade: waterproof Ramair pleated filters that do not retain water.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the entry style\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eShort Entry and Mid Entry give the snorkel a different layout on the side of the Raptor. Choose the shape you want to see on the truck, with the clearance required for other exterior accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stainless snorkel, black airbox and clear lid make the package a visible part of the build. The snorkel shape is the appearance choice; it does not change the vehicle’s wading limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePackage options and prices\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\" style=\"max-width: 100%; overflow-x: auto;\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"range-comparison\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eFilters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eTotal price\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMid Entry\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard Unifilter foam filters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£2,600.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMid Entry\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRamair waterproof pleated filters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£2,700.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eShort Entry\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard Unifilter foam filters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£2,600.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eShort Entry\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRamair waterproof pleated filters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£2,700.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your filters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard option uses serviceable Unifilter foam elements. Our Ramair upgrade adds waterproof pleated filters that do not retain water, for £100 more. For wet-weather use, we would choose Ramair for its waterproof pleated elements that do not hold water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe filter upgrade changes the elements; the airbox and the rest of your chosen package stay the same. Waterproof filters do not increase the vehicle’s wading limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour selected 5-inch snorkel configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatching twin-intake alloy airbox\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement 3-litre alloy washer bottle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitting components, templates and installation information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe replacement bottle retains the specified original washer pump, low-level sensor, wiring and factory mounting points. You keep those useful factory functions while making room for the new intake arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting the complete package\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow for bodywork, sealing, airbox mounting and washer-system installation. Allow around five hours for fitting; vehicle condition and existing modifications affect the workshop’s actual time and price. Installation labour is separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe would use an installer with the appropriate bodywork and intake experience. The fitting templates are part of the package. Leave access for filter servicing and the washer filler when planning other engine-bay accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSpare filters for the standard setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the standard Unifilter setup, the matching Fabulous replacement filters come as a pair of pre-oiled foam pods with 3.5-inch clamp-on inlets and 170 mm height. A prepared spare pair lets you swap elements while the other pair is cleaned and dried.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat Unifilter replacement pair is sold separately. Choose spares to match the filter option fitted in your airbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eReady for the next trip\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect the intake joints, lid seal and filters during servicing, with extra attention after dusty use. Standard Unifilter foam elements need the specified foam-filter cleaning and oiling procedure. If water is used, let them dry completely before oiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Ramair upgrade uses pleated elements: use the care instructions supplied for those filters. The two filter types have different care requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eArrange fitting around the delivery estimate for your selected configuration. Preparation and transit time come before the workshop visit. Discuss the modification with your vehicle-warranty provider.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat changes under the bonnet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe matching twin airbox and 3-litre alloy washer bottle complete the package. The bottle retains the specified original pump, level sensor and wiring; the airbox provides separate paths towards the two turbos.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the £100 Ramair upgrade add?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt replaces the standard Unifilter foam elements with Ramair pleated filters that are fully waterproof and do not retain water. The airbox and the rest of the selected package stay the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich entry style would you choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the appearance you prefer and the clearance your other accessories need. Short and Mid Entry are layout choices, not different wading ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit it myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt needs bodywork, sealing and intake-installation skills. Use the complete guide to assess the job; otherwise we would choose professional fitting. Allow around five hours for fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a North American Raptor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. North American models are excluded from this snorkel package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I drive through deeper water?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe snorkel does not increase the Raptor’s wading limit. Stay within the vehicle’s operating limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a spare filter included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Spare filters are a separate purchase. Choose a matching spare for the standard Unifilter or upgraded Ramair arrangement fitted to your airbox.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fabulous Fabrications","offers":[{"title":"Yes \/ Short","offer_id":52535324410198,"sku":null,"price":2700.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Yes \/ Mid","offer_id":52535450665302,"sku":null,"price":2700.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"No \/ Short","offer_id":52535324442966,"sku":null,"price":2600.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"No \/ Mid","offer_id":52535450698070,"sku":null,"price":2600.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/AirboxandSnorkel1.png?v=1770410548"},{"product_id":"process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-1-intercooler","title":"Process West Stage 1 Intercooler for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep the drive rewarding when the engine is working hard.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA Raptor should be as enjoyable at the end of a demanding drive as it is at the beginning. The Process West Stage 1 intercooler adds charge-air cooling capacity in the original location, giving your 2022+ 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol a stronger foundation for sustained use and future tuning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts appeal is the straightforward route into better cooling: a substantial bar-and-plate core, the factory pipe connections and a choice of raw aluminium or black finish. You can upgrade the intercooler now without buying a complete set of hard pipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOptions and prices\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\" style=\"max-width: 100%; overflow-x: auto;\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"offer-table\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRaw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePWRRIC01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,276.44\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBlack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePWRRIC01B\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,276.44\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy start with Stage 1?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTurbochargers heat the air they compress. An intercooler removes some of that heat before the air reaches the engine; under sustained load, that cooling matters to the performance the calibration can deliver. Stage 1 uses a 480 × 180 × 125 mm core to make more of the factory intercooler space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe would choose this route for a road and touring Raptor where keeping the original mounting position and pipes matters. The larger Stage 2 installation is a separate choice with a different core layout and more involved fitting. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2022+ Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCore dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480 × 180 × 125 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCore construction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBar and plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLocation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory intercooler position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePipe compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory piping or separate Process West Stage 1\/stock hard-pipe kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFactory shutters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShutter assembly removed during installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaw aluminium or black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation changes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShutter assembly removed; motor relocated; specified drilling, trimming and mounting-tab adjustment required.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the intercooler around your build\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\" style=\"max-width: 100%; overflow-x: auto;\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"range-comparison\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eIntercooler\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePipework\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eInstallation difference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eWhy choose it\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTurbosmart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£851.94\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal \/ factory-style pipes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory shutter and shroud retained\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChoose it to keep the factory shutter arrangement and avoid cutting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFenix cooler + pipes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,250.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium pipe kit included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory intercooler shroud removed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChoose the complete cooler-and-pipe upgrade in one purchase.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProcess West Stage 1\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,276.44\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory pipes compatible; hard pipes separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShutter removal, motor relocation, drilling and trimming\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChoose the factory-position Process West upgrade, with room to add its hard pipes later.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProcess West Stage 2\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,770.31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory pipes compatible; Stage 2 hard pipes separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrimming, plastic drilling and shutter-motor relocation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChoose the larger Process West core layout and allow for the more involved fitting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese prices cover the parts shown; fitting is separate. The table compares what you buy and what changes on the truck. The individual pages give the core dimensions and any product-specific test results.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with it?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne Stage 1 intercooler in your chosen finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication-specific mounting brackets and fitting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe intercooler works with the original pipes. Our separately listed Stage 1\/stock hard-pipe kit replaces the plastic pipework with aluminium if you want to develop the installation further. Neither that piping kit nor fitting labour is included here.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and the factory shutters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eStage 1 keeps the original intercooler position and accepts the factory pipes. Installation removes the shutter assembly and relocates its motor onto the supplied bracket. The PWRRIC01 guide also requires drilling and trimming, including specified plastic sections, cover-plate clearance and duct tabs, with a mounting tab bent for core clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting should include the front-end access, mounting work, hose connections and final clearance and leak checks. If keeping the factory shutter arrangement and avoiding cutting are priorities, compare the Turbosmart intercooler.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep the cooling working for you\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter muddy or dusty trips, inspect the cooling face and clear debris carefully without damaging the fins. Give the hose connections and mounts attention during routine servicing, especially after other front-end work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA larger intercooler supports the engine; it does not replace a radiator or transmission cooler. Choose the next cooling component around the temperatures and use of your own truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRelated products and fitting information\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-2-intercooler\"\u003eProcess West Stage 2 Intercooler for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-1-stock-intercooler-hard-pipe-kit\"\u003eProcess West Hard Pipe Kit for Ranger Raptor Factory \/ Stage 1 Intercooler\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/turbosmart-performance-intercooler-for-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-2023\"\u003eTurbosmart Intercooler for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/fenix-radiators-intercooler-pipe-kit-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-3-0l-petrol-2023\"\u003eFenix Intercooler \u0026amp; Pipe Kit for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0962\/0570\/1399\/files\/Next_Gen_Ranger_Raptor_Stage_1_Intercooler_Upgrade_-_PWRRIC01.pdf?v=1771555109\"\u003eRead the Process West PWRRIC01 fitting instructions\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I keep the standard pipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Stage 1 is compatible with the factory piping. The matching hard-pipe upgrade is optional and sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need cutting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The PWRRIC01 installation includes drilling and trimming specified sections, removing the shutter assembly and relocating its motor. The original intercooler position and factory pipe compatibility are retained.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the same as the Stage 2 intercooler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Stage 1 uses the original intercooler location and a 480 × 180 × 125 mm core. Stage 2 uses a different, larger layout and has its own fitting and piping requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Process West","offers":[{"title":"Raw","offer_id":52575946867030,"sku":"PWRRIC01","price":1276.44,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":52575946899798,"sku":"PWRRIC01B","price":1276.44,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/PWRRIC01_-_2.png?v=1770811400"},{"product_id":"process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-1-stock-intercooler-hard-pipe-kit","title":"Process West Hard Pipe Kit for Ranger Raptor Factory \/ Stage 1 Intercooler","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore boost puts more demand on your pipework.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese 2.5-inch mandrel-bent aluminium pipes replace the factory plastic intercooler sections, addressing the risk of splits and lost boost as output rises. They let you strengthen the charge-air pipework while keeping the factory intercooler or Process West Stage 1.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the kit for the factory intercooler or Process West Stage 1. Black keeps the engine bay understated; red makes the hardware part of the look. Both have the same intended application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOptions and prices\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\" style=\"max-width: 100%; overflow-x: auto;\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"offer-table\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBlack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePWRR01B-pipe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,009.74\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePWRR01R-pipe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,009.74\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy change the pipes?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pipes carry compressed air between the turbos, intercooler and engine. Aluminium replaces the original plastic sections, with smooth mandrel bends and flexible connections to follow the engine-bay routing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe would fit this kit when increasing boost while retaining the original or Stage 1 cooler. It upgrades the pipework doing that job without making you buy another intercooler or a complete airbox package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2022+ Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePipe diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePipe material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMandrel-bent aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIntercooler fit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory or Process West Stage 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack or red\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStage 2 fit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparate Stage 2 kit or appropriate Stage 1-to-Stage 2 conversion required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose around the intercooler you have\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePWRR01B-pipe and PWRR01R-pipe suit the factory cooler and Process West Stage 1. Other replacement intercoolers need compatible connections and routing; the word “universal” does not mean every cooler will fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Process West Stage 2 uses a separate pipe kit. If you already own these Stage 1 pipes and later move to Stage 2, the matching conversion kit is another route; you may not need to buy all the pipes again.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with the upgrade?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminium intercooler pipes in your selected colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSilicone connections and intercooler adapters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe original blow-off valve, inlet-temperature sensor, retaining clips and directional O-rings are reused. The O-rings must face the correct way to seat and seal, as shown in the fitting guide. The intercooler, airbox, crossover and fitting labour are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe installation removes the factory airbox and bash plate for access. Reconnect the original valve and sensor wiring and finish with joint, clearance and leak checks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eReady for regular use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe aluminium sections are only part of a sound installation. Look after the joiners, clamps and mounting points too, particularly after other engine-bay work or hard off-road use. A rub mark or loose connection deserves attention before the next demanding drive.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRelated products and fitting information\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-1-intercooler\"\u003eProcess West Stage 1 Intercooler for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-2-intercooler-hard-pipe-kit\"\u003eProcess West Stage 2 Hard Pipe Kit for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-3-5-air-intake-cross-over-pipe\"\u003eProcess West 3.5-inch Intake Crossover Pipe for Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0962\/0570\/1399\/files\/Intercooler_Piping_Kit_-_Next_Gen_Ranger_Raptor_-_Universal_Compatibility_-_PWRR01B-pipe_4df68a02-33c7-476c-b413-9c2132846c7e.pdf?v=1780630004\"\u003eRead the Process West pipe-kit fitting guide\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I fit this without buying an intercooler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is compatible with the factory intercooler.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit the Process West Stage 2 cooler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot in this configuration. Choose the Stage 2 pipe kit, or the appropriate conversion if you already own these Stage 1 pipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the black and red versions different performance levels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The colour is the choice; both versions are for the same intercooler arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the airbox and crossover included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the intercooler pipe kit. The airbox and crossover are separate parts of the intake system.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Process West","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52576021840214,"sku":"PWRR01B-pipe","price":1009.74,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":52576021872982,"sku":"PWRR01R-pipe","price":1009.74,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/PWRR01B-pipe_-_1.png?v=1770812122"},{"product_id":"process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-2-intercooler","title":"Process West Stage 2 Intercooler for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore cooling for the drives that work your Raptor hardest.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRepeated acceleration and sustained load give the Raptor’s charge-air cooling a serious job. The Process West Stage 2 intercooler adds a 510 × 550 × 70 mm bar-and-plate core, giving the compressed intake air more cooling surface before it reaches the engine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe core can connect to the factory piping. Matching Stage 2 hard pipes are optional, and existing Process West Stage 1 pipes can use the appropriate conversion. Choose the route that suits the hardware you already own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOptions and prices\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\" style=\"max-width: 100%; overflow-x: auto;\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"offer-table\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRaw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePWRRIC02\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,770.31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBlack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePWRRIC02B\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,770.31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy more charge-air cooling matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe turbos heat air as they compress it. The intercooler removes heat before that charge enters the engine, using airflow across the core. More demanding use makes cooling capacity part of how consistently the engine can deliver its performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe larger Stage 2 core gives that job more cooling surface area. Its effect depends on ambient temperature, load and airflow reaching the cooling pack; it does not deliver one fixed temperature drop or horsepower gain on every Raptor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2022+ Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProcess West Stage 2 intercooler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCore dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 × 550 × 70 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFactory piping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with factory intercooler piping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOptional upgraded piping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatching Process West Stage 2 arrangement, purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eExisting Stage 1 piping\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequires the appropriate conversion parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation summary\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic trimming and drilling, bracket\/seal-plate work and original shutter-motor relocation; see complete guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStage 1 pipe conversion\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePWRR0102B black \/ PWRR0102R red; sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eReused mounting parts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour original rubber intercooler grommets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the intercooler around your build\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\" style=\"max-width: 100%; overflow-x: auto;\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"range-comparison\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eIntercooler\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePipework\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eInstallation difference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eWhy choose it\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTurbosmart\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£851.94\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal \/ factory-style pipes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory shutter and shroud retained\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChoose it to keep the factory shutter arrangement and avoid cutting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFenix cooler + pipes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,250.00\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium pipe kit included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory intercooler shroud removed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChoose the complete cooler-and-pipe upgrade in one purchase.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProcess West Stage 1\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,276.44\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory pipes compatible; hard pipes separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShutter removal, motor relocation, drilling and trimming\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChoose the factory-position Process West upgrade, with room to add its hard pipes later.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProcess West Stage 2\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,770.31\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory pipes compatible; Stage 2 hard pipes separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrimming, plastic drilling and shutter-motor relocation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChoose the larger Process West core layout and allow for the more involved fitting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese prices cover the parts shown; fitting is separate. The table compares what you buy and what changes on the truck. The individual pages give the core dimensions and any product-specific test results.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with the intercooler\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe purchase is the Stage 2 intercooler core in your chosen finish, with the bracket, seal-plate and adapter arrangement shown in the installation guide. The original four rubber mounting grommets transfer to the new installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFactory pipes use the guide’s adapter arrangement. Dedicated Stage 2 hard pipes and Stage 1 conversion parts are separate purchases. That lets you keep serviceable pipework or complete the aluminium installation in the same visit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose the pipework for your build\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe factory intercooler pipes can be retained. If you also want the matching hard-pipe upgrade, the Stage 2 kits are PWRRIC02B-pipe in black and PWRRIC02R-pipe in red, sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlready have Process West Stage 1 pipes? The dedicated conversion kit lets you keep that investment when moving to the larger core. The confirmed references are PWRR0102B in black and PWRR0102R in red. They provide the connecting parts for existing Stage 1 piping; they are separate from the intercooler.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePWRRIC02 is the raw cooler and PWRRIC02B is black. Both have the same core dimensions, so choose the finish that suits the look of your build.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat the installation involves\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe guide covers removal of front trim and the bumper section to access the original cooler, fitting the fan-shroud seal plate, drilling specified holes in plastic and trimming for the larger core. It also relocates the original shutter motor onto a supplied bracket. Allow for this front-end work in the fitting quote so the larger core and its surrounding parts are installed together.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe factory’s four rubber mounting grommets are reused. The guide identifies the new bracket, seal plate and hose adapters used with the factory-pipe arrangement; the adapters are skipped with the dedicated Stage 2 pipes. Lifting the new core into place is identified as a two-person step.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow for professional fitting and a leak check of the completed charge-air system. A bull bar, grille, winch or additional lights can affect space and airflow in front of the cooling pack. Include them in the fitting plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKeep the cooling surfaces clear\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMud and dust on the fins obstruct airflow. Inspect the core after off-road use and clean it using the recommended method without damaging the fins. Include mounts, pipes, clamps and hose connections in servicing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn intake and crossover improve a different part of the air path before the turbos; this cooler works on the compressed charge afterwards. They can form a wider build together, but the intercooler can be purchased with compatible factory pipework. Engine-coolant and transmission-temperature problems need their own diagnosis.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRelated products and fitting information\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0962\/0570\/1399\/files\/Stage_2_Intercooler_-_Next_Gen_Ranger_Raptor_-_PWRRIC02.pdf?v=1771555109\"\u003eProcess West Stage 2 intercooler installation guide\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/turbosmart-performance-intercooler-for-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-2023\"\u003eTurbosmart Intercooler for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/fenix-radiators-intercooler-pipe-kit-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-3-0l-petrol-2023\"\u003eFenix Intercooler \u0026amp; Pipe Kit for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-1-intercooler\"\u003eProcess West Stage 1 Intercooler for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen would you choose Stage 2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen repeated acceleration, towing or sustained hard use makes additional charge-air cooling capacity valuable to the build. It is the larger-core step beyond Process West Stage 1.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I keep the factory pipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Stage 2 supports the factory piping. The optional hard-pipe kit is a separate upgrade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I keep my Process West Stage 1 pipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with the separate Stage 1-to-Stage 2 conversion kit: PWRR0102B in black or PWRR0102R in red. The pipes do not transfer unchanged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes fitting require modification?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The guide includes plastic trimming and drilling, brackets and shutter-motor relocation. Allow for that work when arranging installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose raw or black?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the finish you prefer. Raw PWRRIC02 and black PWRRIC02B share the same 510 × 550 × 70 mm core dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fix transmission or engine-coolant overheating?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt cools the intake charge after the turbos. A coolant or transmission problem needs its own diagnosis and the appropriate cooling work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat about the vehicle warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDiscuss the intercooler modification with your vehicle warranty provider. Factory-pipe compatibility does not settle the terms of that separate cover.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Process West","offers":[{"title":"Raw","offer_id":52576140394838,"sku":"PWRRIC02","price":1770.31,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":52576140427606,"sku":"PWRRIC02B","price":1770.31,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/PWRRIC02_-_1.png?v=1770812569"},{"product_id":"process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-2-intercooler-hard-pipe-kit","title":"Process West Stage 2 Hard Pipe Kit for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinish the Stage 2 installation with pipework made for it.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Stage 2 intercooler is a substantial upgrade. Matching aluminium hard pipes carry that approach through the rest of the charge-air system, replacing the factory plastic piping with 2.5-inch mandrel-bent tube and five-ply silicone hoses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit is specifically for the Process West Stage 2 intercooler on the 2022+ Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 petrol. Choose black for a discreet finish or red to make the installation stand out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOptions and prices\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\" style=\"max-width: 100%; overflow-x: auto;\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"offer-table\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBlack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePWRRIC02B-pipe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,009.74\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePWRRIC02R-pipe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,009.74\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA matched route through the engine bay\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePipe routing and the intercooler connections need to work as a system. This kit is shaped for the Stage 2 layout, so you are buying the correct arrangement for that core rather than adapting a stock-location kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRigid aluminium tube replaces the original plastic sections; five-ply silicone provides the flexible connections. We would fit the pipes alongside the Stage 2 cooler when that is the finished build you want.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2022+ Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIntercooler application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProcess West Stage 2 only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePipe diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePipe material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMandrel-bent aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFlexible connections\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFive-ply silicone hoses\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eColour options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack or red\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIntercooler supplied\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is included, and the option for existing owners\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe purchase is the Stage 2 aluminium piping kit with five-ply silicone hoses in your selected colour. The Stage 2 intercooler and fitting labour are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlready have Process West Stage 1 hard pipes? The PWRR0102B\/PWRR0102R conversion kits provide the route to the Stage 2 core. Compare that conversion before replacing pipework you can keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and checking the completed system\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe installation guide shows the correct pipe arrangement and reuse of the original grommet. Have the fitter check joint seating, clamp positions, sensor connections and clearance across the engine bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eComplete the work with a leak check. A more substantial pipe material does not make the flexible joints maintenance-free, and the kit is not a substitute for tracing an existing loss of boost.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRelated products and fitting information\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0962\/0570\/1399\/files\/Intercooler_Piping_Kit_-_Next_Gen_Ranger_Raptor_-_PWRRIC02B-pipe_3.pdf?v=1772155908\"\u003eStage 2 pipe installation guide\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-2-intercooler\"\u003eProcess West Stage 2 Intercooler for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-1-stock-intercooler-hard-pipe-kit\"\u003eProcess West Hard Pipe Kit for Ranger Raptor Factory \/ Stage 1 Intercooler\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill these fit the standard intercooler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. These pipes are for the Process West Stage 2 core. Use the factory\/Stage 1 kit for the original cooler.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Stage 2 intercooler included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the matching pipe kit, purchased separately from the intercooler.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat if I already have Stage 1 hard pipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLook at the matching Stage 1-to-Stage 2 conversion kit first. It lets you adapt that existing Process West pipework to the Stage 2 core.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Process West","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52576308232534,"sku":"PWRRIC02B-pipe","price":1009.74,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":52576308265302,"sku":"PWRRIC02R-pipe","price":1009.74,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/PWRRIC02B-pipe_-_1.png?v=1770813320"},{"product_id":"process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-sealed-air-intake","title":"Process West PWRRAB01 Cold Air Intake for Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHear more of your Raptor’s V6.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA Process West intake brings more of the V6’s induction character into the drive, with a complete airbox assembly built around a 6-inch K\u0026amp;N pod filter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePWRRAB01 includes the box, filter, mounting bracket, silicone hose and fitting hardware. It works with the original crossover, so you can enjoy the airbox upgrade on its own or add the matching 3.5-inch crossover as a separate step.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-identifiers\"\u003eSKU: PWRRAB01\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBuilt around the Raptor\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe airbox, mounting bracket and silicone hose form a package designed around this truck. The assembly keeps a cover over the filter and accepts the factory intake-temperature sensor, with the original rubber grommets securing it at the mounting points. That dedicated fit complements the more pronounced induction note under acceleration. The less restrictive intake path also supports improved airflow and throttle response.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNext-generation Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer product name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCold Air Intake for the next-generation Ranger Raptor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFilter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6-inch K\u0026amp;N pod filter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCrossover compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal crossover or optional Process West 3.5-inch crossover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCrossover supplied?\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe 3.5-inch upgrade is separate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation summary\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned to fit without vehicle modifications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded mounting hardware\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel bracket with rubber bumpers; cable tie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded hose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJBL142 silicone hose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded clamps\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne 40–60 mm and one 70–90 mm hose clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eReused factory parts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubber mounting grommets, intake-temperature sensor and intake-duct rubber seal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTuning\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTune recommended; tuning is a separate service.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembled Process West airbox with a 6-inch K\u0026amp;N pod filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel mounting bracket with rubber bumpers installed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJBL142 silicone hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne 40–60 mm hose clamp and one 70–90 mm hose clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable tie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fitting guide shows how these parts use the original mounting locations and intake components. The optional crossover and installation labour are separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting: the factory parts you keep\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe original rubber mounting grommets, intake-temperature sensor and rubber seal from the factory intake duct transfer to the new assembly. If the truck already has a different intake, make sure those original pieces are still available for the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe washer filler tube is removed and refitted during the job. The guide also calls for the coolant header tank to be loosened for bracket access and the nearby coolant line secured with the supplied cable tie. Your installer checks the final connections, sensor wiring and airbox seating before refitting the cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0962\/0570\/1399\/files\/Cold_Air_Intake_-_Next_Gen_Ranger_Raptor_-_PWRRAB01.pdf?v=1771555106\"\u003eRead the PWRRAB01 installation guide\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBuild the intake your way\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eStart with the airbox if you want the induction change and the dedicated K\u0026amp;N filter installation. Keeping the factory crossover avoids buying another component before you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe separate 3.5-inch Process West crossover is the next intake-path option: black PWRRCP01B or red PWRRCP01R. The crossover has its own fitting guide, including different breather-hose steps on some 2023 builds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor charge-air cooling after the turbos, choose an intercooler suited to your build. That is a different job from the airbox and crossover, so the parts can be chosen in stages.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe recommend a tune with the PWRRAB01 airbox, matched to your Raptor’s fuel and other modifications. Tuning is a separate service, so allow for it alongside the airbox and fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFilter care\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect the filter, its seating and the intake connections during servicing, with extra attention after dusty use. Follow the supplied K\u0026amp;N element’s care instructions, and keep filter-cleaning chemicals away from polished or anodised aluminium.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBuying through us\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur UK price includes VAT, customs and delivery unless checkout states otherwise, so you can budget for the part arriving here without arranging your own import. Fitting is separate. We can check the delivery estimate before you book your installer. Outside the UK, shipping is shown at checkout and local import charges remain your responsibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRelated products and fitting information\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-2-intercooler\"\u003eStage 2 intercooler\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-3-5-air-intake-cross-over-pipe\"\u003eChoose the matching Process West crossover\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/ford-ranger-raptor-3-0l-v6-ecu-remap-2022-2026-performance-tune-proven-bhp-torque-gains-uk-tuning\"\u003eOur Ranger Raptor tuning service and aftercare\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a complete airbox or just a filter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the assembled replacement airbox with a 6-inch K\u0026amp;N pod filter and the bracket, hose, clamps and cable tie listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich crossover pipes can I use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe factory crossover is compatible. The matching 3.5-inch Process West pipe is a separate option in black or red, so you can add it now or later.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the truck need cutting to fit it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It fits without cutting or permanent vehicle modification. The factory grommets, temperature sensor and intake-duct seal are reused with the supplied bracket and hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it work with a snorkel or another brand’s pipe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe confirmed connections are the factory crossover and matching Process West upgrade. Send us the other part’s make and reference so we can help assess that specific connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it replace the intercooler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The intake supplies filtered air towards the turbos; the intercooler cools the compressed air afterwards. Each has a different job in the build.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it affect my vehicle warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDiscuss the intake change with your warranty provider. The product’s fitting method does not determine the terms of that separate cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo you recommend a tune with this airbox?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. We recommend a tune with the PWRRAB01 airbox, matched to your Raptor’s fuel and other modifications. The airbox price does not include tuning.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Process West","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52576458375510,"sku":"PWRRAB01","price":1429.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/PWRRAB01-1.png?v=1770813746"},{"product_id":"process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-3-5-air-intake-cross-over-pipe","title":"Process West 3.5-inch Intake Crossover Pipe for Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMore room for air on its way to the turbos.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe intake upgrade does not have to stop at the airbox. This 3.5-inch Process West crossover replaces the factory plastic pipe on the 2022+ Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 petrol, opening up that section of the airflow path.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the original airbox or pair it with the Process West intake. Black blends into the engine bay; red gives the crossover a more visible place in the finished build.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOptions and prices\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\" style=\"max-width: 100%; overflow-x: auto;\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"offer-table\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBlack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePWRRCP01B\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£587.79\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePWRRCP01R\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£587.79\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLess restriction before the turbos\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe crossover carries intake air towards the turbochargers. The larger 3.5-inch passage reduces the factory crossover restriction, improving airflow and throttle response.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe would choose it when retaining the factory airbox for now, or to complete a Process West airbox installation. It is separate from the intercooler pipes, which carry compressed air on the other side of the turbochargers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2022+ Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAirbox compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory and Process West airboxes; other brands require compatible connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinishes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack powdercoat or wrinkle-red powdercoat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFactory part reused\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting grommet\/bush\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBuild-date fitting note\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSome March–September 2023 vehicles need the alternate breather-hose steps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIncluded fitting aids\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHose-release tool; hose\/clamps for alternate breather arrangement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with it?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe crossover pipe is supplied with the fitting provisions shown in the guide, including a small hose-release tool and the hose and clamps used for the alternate breather arrangement. The factory grommet\/bush is reused.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn airbox, filter and intercooler piping kit are separate purchases. For another brand’s airbox, the inlet connection needs to match this pipe.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA build-date detail worth knowing\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome March–September 2023 builds have a different lower intake tube. Those vehicles need additional breather-hose work using the supplied hose and clamps. The guide shows the two arrangements so the fitter can identify the one on your truck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe job also involves removing the hot-side intercooler pipe for access. The guide shows the access and hose work so you can decide whether to fit it yourself or include it in a workshop visit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFinish the job properly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the installed pipe, breather connection and nearby hoses checked for secure seating and clearance. Keep those joints in the routine service inspection, particularly after other intake work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRelated products and fitting information\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0962\/0570\/1399\/files\/3.5_Inch_Crossover_Pipe_-_Next_Gen_Ranger_Raptor_-_PWRRCP01B.pdf?v=1771555104\"\u003eCrossover fitting guide\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-sealed-air-intake\"\u003eProcess West PWRRAB01 Cold Air Intake for Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-1-stock-intercooler-hard-pipe-kit\"\u003eProcess West Hard Pipe Kit for Ranger Raptor Factory \/ Stage 1 Intercooler\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it with the original airbox?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It fits the factory airbox and the Process West intake.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the intercooler hard-pipe kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the intake crossover. The intercooler charge pipes are a separate product.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes every model year fit the same way?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Some March–September 2023 builds have a different lower intake tube and need the extra breather-hose steps in the fitting guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I get an air filter with it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The crossover connects to an airbox; it does not replace the filter or supply a new airbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo black and red change the performance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. They are finish choices for the same crossover application.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Process West","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52576573751638,"sku":"PWRRCP01B","price":587.79,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":52576573784406,"sku":"PWRRCP01R","price":587.79,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/PWRRCP01B_-_1.png?v=1770814193"},{"product_id":"process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-transmission-cooler","title":"Process West Transmission Cooler for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6","description":"\u003cp class=\"standfirst\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive your gearbox some breathing room when the trip gets demanding.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA loaded climb, slow off-road work or repeated hard acceleration asks a lot of an automatic gearbox. The Process West transmission cooler gives your Raptor a dedicated upgrade for managing that heat, with the hoses, brackets and connections needed to integrate it into the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt fits alongside factory-type intercoolers and Process West Stage 1 or Stage 2, so you can build the cooling package around the way you use the truck. Choose silver or black to suit the rest of the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOptions and prices\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\" style=\"max-width: 100%; overflow-x: auto;\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"offer-table\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eOption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRaw\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePWRRTC01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,018.40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBlack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePWRRTC01B\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£1,018.40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBuilt around the oil circuit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA bar-and-plate cooler with billet end tanks adds a heat-rejection surface for the transmission fluid. Gates LOLA 300 psi hose and 400-series Speedflow fittings form the connecting pipework.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe would choose this upgrade for sustained demanding use, with transmission-temperature information guiding the decision where it is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-wrap\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2022+ Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCooler\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBar-and-plate core with billet end tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eHose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGates LOLA; 300 psi rated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFittings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400-series Speedflow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIntercooler compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFactory-type; Process West Stage 1 and Stage 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eAdditional fluid in guide\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 ml Mercon ULV, subject to correct starting level and actual installation losses\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilver or black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat is supplied?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransmission cooler in the selected finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooler mounting brackets, hose supports and fitting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHoses and connections for the installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eCorrect transmission fluid and professional fitting need to be included in your installation budget. The intercooler itself is a separate product.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFluid and fitting made clear\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Process West guide calls for 750 ml of Mercon ULV transmission fluid after installation when the starting level was correct: 650 ml for the new core and hoses, plus approximately 100 ml lost during fitting. Have the workshop verify the final level using the appropriate vehicle procedure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFront grille and bash-plate access are needed. If a Process West Stage 2 intercooler is fitted, it is temporarily removed for access. Hose routing must keep the lines clear of sharp edges and moving parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after the installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect hose routing, mountings and connections during routine servicing, and clear packed mud from the cooler face after off-road use. A cooler supports temperature management; it does not repair an existing transmission fault or increase the Raptor’s towing and payload limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRelated products and fitting information\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0962\/0570\/1399\/files\/Next_Gen_Ranger_Raptor_Transmission_Cooler_-_PWRRTC01.pdf?v=1771555108\"\u003eProcess West fitting guide\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-2-intercooler\"\u003eProcess West Stage 2 Intercooler for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-1-intercooler\"\u003eProcess West Stage 1 Intercooler for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/fenix-radiators-transmission-cooler-ford-ranger-raptor-3-0l-2022-2025\"\u003eFenix Transmission Cooler Kit for Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit with the standard intercooler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It fits with factory-type intercoolers and Process West Stage 1 and Stage 2 intercoolers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need more transmission fluid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The fitting guide allows 750 ml Mercon ULV when the starting level is correct. The installer must account for actual fluid loss and verify the final level.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be fitted with Stage 2 already installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, but the Stage 2 intercooler must be removed temporarily to access the fitting area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fix a gearbox that already overheats or shifts badly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn existing problem needs diagnosis first. This cooler adds heat-management capacity; it is not a guaranteed repair for a transmission fault.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Process West","offers":[{"title":"Raw","offer_id":52576814170454,"sku":"PWRRTC01","price":1018.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":52576814203222,"sku":"PWRRTC01B","price":1018.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/PWRRTC01_-_1.png?v=1770815044"},{"product_id":"process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-1-to-stage-2-intercooler-piping-upgrade-kit","title":"Process West Stage 1-to-Stage 2 Pipe Conversion Kit for Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6","description":"\u003cp class=\"sales-hook\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReady for the bigger intercooler? Keep the pipework you've already paid for.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoving your Raptor to the Process West Stage 2 intercooler doesn't mean buying a complete set of hard pipes again. If you already have Process West Stage 1 piping, this conversion kit replaces the sections that need to change and connects the rest to the larger core. It's a straightforward way to build on the upgrade you already own.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp class=\"product-code\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU \/ part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e PWRR0102B \/ PWRR0102R\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOptions and prices\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"product-options\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU \/ part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePrice\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBlack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePWRR0102B\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£328.08\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePWRR0102R\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e£328.08\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat changes, and what you keep\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe conversion replaces two pipes and one silicone hose in the Stage 1 arrangement. The remaining Process West piping stays, while the new connections accommodate the Stage 2 intercooler's different layout. The replacement pipes use lightweight CNC mandrel-bent aluminium.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou're buying the parts needed to make your existing pipe kit work with the larger cooler, rather than paying for a second complete pipe kit. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-2-intercooler\"\u003eStage 2 intercooler\u003c\/a\u003e is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhich pipe kit do you already have?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis conversion is for our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-1-stock-intercooler-hard-pipe-kit\"\u003eProcess West factory\/Stage 1 hard-pipe kit\u003c\/a\u003e, PWRR01B-pipe or PWRR01R-pipe. Having a Stage 1 intercooler alone isn't enough: it is the existing Process West hard pipes that this kit adapts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf your Raptor still has factory pipes, the Stage 2 intercooler can use them with its adapter arrangement. If you want to replace those factory pipes at the same time, choose the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/process-west-next-gen-ford-ranger-raptor-stage-2-intercooler-hard-pipe-kit\"\u003ecomplete Stage 2 hard-pipe kit\u003c\/a\u003e instead. You don't need this conversion as an extra purchase with that full kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMatch the finish to your Raptor\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlack keeps the installation understated; red makes the upgraded pipework stand out. Choose the colour that suits your existing pipes and the look you want under the bonnet. Both versions perform the same conversion and cost the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePlan it alongside the intercooler fitting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit the conversion as part of the move to the Stage 2 cooler. We recommend professional installation with the pipe joints, clamp positions and clearances checked before a final leak check.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe larger intercooler's installation includes plastic trimming, drilling and relocating the factory shutter motor. Allow for that work when arranging the complete upgrade; changing these three connecting parts doesn't remove the core's fitting requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProcess West\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStage 1 piping to Stage 2 intercooler conversion kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2022+ Ford Ranger Raptor 3.0 V6 EcoBoost petrol\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRequired existing pipework\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProcess West Stage 1 hard pipes: PWRR01B-pipe or PWRR01R-pipe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eIntercooler application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProcess West Stage 2, purchased separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eReplacement components\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo pipes and one silicone hose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003ePipe material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCNC mandrel-bent aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBlack SKU \/ part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePWRR0102B\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eRed SKU \/ part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePWRR0102R\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0962\/0570\/1399\/files\/Stage_1_Piping_To_Stage_2_Core_Conversion_Kit_-_Next_Gen_Ranger_Raptor_-_PWRR0102R.pdf?v=1771555102\"\u003eRead the Process West fitting guide\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the kit include the Stage 2 intercooler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This purchase is the piping conversion. The Stage 2 intercooler is separate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eI have a Stage 1 intercooler with factory pipes. Is this the kit I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This kit adapts existing Process West Stage 1 hard pipes. The Stage 2 intercooler can connect to factory pipework, or you can buy the complete Stage 2 hard-pipe kit if you want to upgrade the pipes too.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I replace all of my existing Process West pipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. You replace two pipes and one silicone hose and retain the rest of the Stage 1 pipe arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this a complete pipe kit for another intercooler?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is the conversion for Process West Stage 1 hard pipes when fitting the Process West Stage 2 core. It isn't a complete standalone pipe kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich colour should I order?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose black PWRR0102B or red PWRR0102R to suit your existing pipework. Both versions are £328.08.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Process West","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52576852738390,"sku":"PWRR0102B","price":328.08,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":52576852771158,"sku":"PWRR0102R","price":328.08,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/PWRR0102B.png?v=1770815546"},{"product_id":"powerbrake-x-line-big-brake-kit-stage-2-ineos-grenadier-2022","title":"Powerbrake X-Line Stage 2 Front Brake Kit for Ineos Grenadier 2023+","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBetter heat control under hard braking in your Grenadier\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf repeated hard braking is part of how you use your Grenadier, the discs deserve as much attention as the calipers. Powerbrake X-Line Stage 2 combines six-piston billet calipers with two-piece, semi-floating discs, letting the friction rings expand as they heat. That helps control the thermal stresses of demanding use and gives you more consistent feel through the pedal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe recommend Stage 2 for race-oriented use. For daily driving and normal off-road touring, choose an appropriate Stage 1 kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e X6M2-INE01F-Ineos-1 (Red \/ PB01). See every available combination below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFeel the difference through the pedal\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRigid billet aluminium calipers resist flex, and the braided hoses resist expansion under pressure. Together, they help make the pedal feel more direct, so it is easier to judge how much braking you are asking for and release it smoothly. Stainless steel pistons slow heat transfer from the pads towards the seals and brake fluid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe calipers also use protected bleed screws, internal fluid crossovers and stainless hardware. Those are useful details when your brakes live with mud, grit and stone impacts, and when you want the upgrade to remain serviceable over years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCooling for repeated braking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X6M option uses 350 x 34 mm two-piece semi-floating discs with 72 curved, directional cooling vanes per disc. The vanes draw air through the discs to help carry away heat as repeated stops add to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe high-carbon iron friction rings mount to hard-anodised aluminium hats. The semi-floating connection allows radial expansion and contraction, reducing the stress created when a hot friction ring grows around its mounting. The calipers, brackets, pads and braided hoses follow the same X-Line design principles used in Stage 1; the disc construction is the main reason to choose Stage 2.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your pads and caliper finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePB01 is the standard high-performance compound: a balanced choice for 4x4 and sport-truck use, with good fade resistance and smooth, quiet operation for a performance pad. The friction surfaces are factory-scorched to shorten bedding-in, although you still need to follow the supplied bedding procedure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose PB05 for a further step up in performance, fade resistance and wear life over PB01, on vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM. GVM is the maximum permitted total vehicle mass, rather than the weight you happen to be carrying today. The selected compound is supplied with your kit; you choose the one that suits how you use the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed uses a type-2 anodise for a brighter finish behind the wheels. Grey uses the more durable type-3 hard anodise for an understated appearance and tougher surface. The colour changes the finish, while both choices retain the same caliper design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eBrake Pads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eCaliper and disc\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePad use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M2-INE01F-Ineos-1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, two-piece, 72 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M2-INE01F-Ineos-2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, two-piece, 72 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M2-INE01F-ineos-A5170C17-R-PB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, two-piece, 72 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,500 kg GVM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M2-INE01F-ineos-A5170C17-G-PB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, two-piece, 72 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,500 kg GVM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eChassis \/ generation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eModel years\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eApplication market\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eKit reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrenadier\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee vehicle application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEUR\/SA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M \/ INE01F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrenadier\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee vehicle application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M \/ INE01F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the fitment table to match your vehicle, market and model year, including any original caliper, wheel or booster details listed for the application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with the kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA pair of X-Line six-piston billet front calipers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront slotted discs in the selected kit specification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour selected pad compound, pre-loaded with anti-squeal shims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBillet caliper mounting brackets with stainless thread inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel braided front hoses with PTFE lining and protective outer covering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit mounting hardware, fitting instructions and bedding-in instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWheel clearance and installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/powerbrake.co.za\/downloads\/Wheel_Fitment_Template_-_Ineos_Grenadier_INE01F_X6M_350x34mm.pdf\"\u003ematching wheel-clearance template\u003c\/a\u003e against the exact wheels you will use, including your spare. Print it at actual size and check its calibration marks; the outline includes the required 2.5 mm clearance. Wheel spokes, barrel shape and balance weights matter as well as diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe original brake-pad wear sensor is not compatible with this kit. Your installer must deal with the sensor wiring as shown in the INE01F fitting diagram; sealing heatshrink is supplied for that connection. That work is part of the conversion, so include it when arranging the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting, thorough bleeding and correct bedding-in are part of getting the pedal feel you bought the kit for. Use glycol-based DOT 4 or higher brake fluid as required by the fitting instructions, and arrange the follow-up service bleed. Retained air can affect the feel of newly fitted calipers, even after the initial bleed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/powerbrake.co.za\/downloads\/A_General_X-Line_BBK_Installation_Instructions_v8.pdf\"\u003eRead the X-Line fitting, bedding-in and service guide\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/powerbrake.co.za\/downloads\/BBK_Assembly_Diagram_-_Ineos_Grenadier_INE01F_X6M_350x34mm_S2.pdf\"\u003eOpen the INE01F assembly drawing and replacement-parts references\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after your new brakes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximum Temperature Recording markings on the discs and calipers leave a permanent record of the highest temperatures reached. That gives your workshop useful information when choosing future pad compounds and fluid or checking whether your use is creating more heat than expected. It is a record to inspect after driving, rather than a live temperature display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect pad thickness, disc condition and hose routing during normal servicing. Replacement pads need to match the Powerbrake caliper profile, so keep your kit reference and assembly guide with the vehicle. The upgrade improves the brake hardware; the permitted towing, payload and axle limits still come from your vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand \/ range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowerbrake X-Line Stage 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePosition \/ scope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete front-axle conversion; front left and right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee the market-specific Vehicle Fitment table above\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalipers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-Line six-piston billet aluminium; stainless steel pistons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiscs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M: 350 x 34 mm two-piece semi-floating, 72 curved directional vanes per disc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisc material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-carbon cast iron rings with hard-anodised aluminium hats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard high-performance compound, or PB05 ultra-high-performance compound for vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM; supplied pre-loaded as selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCaliper finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed type-2 anodise or Grey type-3 hard anodise\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoses\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel braided; PTFE lining, protective outer layer and stainless end fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBillet aluminium with stainless thread inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature recording\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTR maximum-temperature recording on discs and calipers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoonies recommendation: race-oriented use; Stage 1 recommended for road and normal off-road use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal wear sensor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOriginal wear sensor is not compatible; installation requires the INE01F wiring procedure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy a complete kit rather than just different pads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou are changing the calipers, disc capacity and hose construction together. That makes sense when you want a more positive pedal and improved heat management, especially as equipment, towing or heavier wheel-and-tyre combinations add to the braking demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes Stage 2 worth choosing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts two-piece, semi-floating discs allow the friction rings to expand as they heat, helping manage thermal stress during repeated hard braking. We recommend Stage 2 for race-oriented use; for road and normal off-road vehicles, choose an appropriate Stage 1 specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich pad compound should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePB01 is the balanced standard performance compound. PB05 adds performance, fade resistance and wear life over PB01 for vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM; choose it where those benefits suit your driving and the vehicle's permitted mass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the pads, hoses and brackets included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The front calipers, discs, your selected pads, braided hoses, mounting brackets and kit hardware are supplied together. Plan separately for professional fitting and the brake fluid required during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit behind my wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe exact kit must clear the spokes, barrel and balance weights on your actual wheels. Check the matching template or arrange an exact kit-clearance check before ordering, including the spare if it may be used on the front.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it cure a spongy or sinking pedal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X-Line hardware is designed to improve pedal feel and modulation. A newly deteriorating pedal, fluid leak or sinking pedal needs diagnosis and repair first; once the system is healthy, the kit is an upgrade to how the brakes perform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty comes with the kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Powerbrake manufacturer warranty covers defects in workmanship or materials for 12 months or 20,000 km, whichever comes first. Normal wear, incorrect fitting, misuse, motorsport and track-day use are excluded. Cover is also void if a disc exceeds 630 degrees C or a caliper exceeds 200 degrees C, recorded by the MTR markings. Check the linked fitting guide for the full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Powerbrake","offers":[{"title":"Red \/ PB01","offer_id":52614554747222,"sku":"X6M2-INE01F-Ineos-1","price":4400.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ PB01","offer_id":52614554779990,"sku":"X6M2-INE01F-Ineos-2","price":4400.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ PB05","offer_id":55654280167766,"sku":"X6M2-INE01F-ineos-A5170C17-R-PB05","price":4658.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ PB05","offer_id":55654280200534,"sku":"X6M2-INE01F-ineos-A5170C17-G-PB05","price":4658.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Grey2.png?v=1771176559"},{"product_id":"powerbrake-x-line-big-brake-kit-stage-1-jeep-wrangler-2007-2018","title":"Powerbrake Stage 1 Front Brake Kit - Jeep Wrangler JK 2007-2018","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMore control when your Wrangler is loaded\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTouring equipment, a trailer and larger tyres can ask a lot more of your Wrangler's brakes. Powerbrake X-Line Stage 1 upgrades the front calipers, discs, pads and hoses together, giving you a more positive pedal and better resistance to heat-related fade. It is an upgrade you can appreciate every time you slow down for a bend or control your speed on a loaded descent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e X6M-JEE01F-Jeep-R (Red \/ PB01). See every available combination below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFeel the difference through the pedal\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRigid billet aluminium calipers resist flex, and the braided hoses resist expansion under pressure. Together, they help make the pedal feel more direct, so it is easier to judge how much braking you are asking for and release it smoothly. Stainless steel pistons slow heat transfer from the pads towards the seals and brake fluid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe calipers also use protected bleed screws, internal fluid crossovers and stainless hardware. Those are useful details when your brakes live with mud, grit and stone impacts, and when you want the upgrade to remain serviceable over years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCooling for repeated braking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X6M option uses 350 x 34 mm one-piece discs with 48 curved, directional cooling vanes per disc. The vanes draw air through the discs to help carry away heat as repeated stops add to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe high-carbon cast-iron discs use a slotted face that helps clear water, sand and mud while keeping braking smooth. Each disc is checked for run-out and thickness variation during manufacture, rather than relying on a sample from the batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your pads and caliper finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePB01 is the standard high-performance compound: a balanced choice for 4x4 and sport-truck use, with good fade resistance and smooth, quiet operation for a performance pad. The friction surfaces are factory-scorched to shorten bedding-in, although you still need to follow the supplied bedding procedure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose PB05 for a further step up in performance, fade resistance and wear life over PB01, on vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM. GVM is the maximum permitted total vehicle mass, rather than the weight you happen to be carrying today. The selected compound is supplied with your kit; you choose the one that suits how you use the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed uses a type-2 anodise for a brighter finish behind the wheels. Grey uses the more durable type-3 hard anodise for an understated appearance and tougher surface. The colour changes the finish, while both choices retain the same caliper design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eBrake Pads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eCaliper and disc\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePad use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-JEE01F-Jeep-R\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-JEE01F-Jeep-G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-JEE01F-jeep-CBB1AC67-R-PB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,500 kg GVM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-JEE01F-jeep-CBB1AC67-G-PB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,500 kg GVM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eChassis \/ generation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eModel years\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eApplication market\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eKit reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWrangler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2007-2018\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEUR\/SA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M \/ JEE01F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWrangler\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2006-2018\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M \/ JEE01F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the fitment table to match your vehicle, market and model year, including any original caliper, wheel or booster details listed for the application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with the kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA pair of X-Line six-piston billet front calipers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront slotted discs in the selected kit specification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour selected pad compound, pre-loaded with anti-squeal shims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBillet caliper mounting brackets with stainless thread inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel braided front hoses with PTFE lining and protective outer covering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit mounting hardware, fitting instructions and bedding-in instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWheel clearance and installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the exact kit checked against your wheels before ordering, including any spare you may use on the front. Wheel diameter alone cannot confirm clearance: the spokes, barrel shape, offset and balance weights all matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting, thorough bleeding and correct bedding-in are part of getting the pedal feel you bought the kit for. Use glycol-based DOT 4 or higher brake fluid as required by the fitting instructions, and arrange the follow-up service bleed. Retained air can affect the feel of newly fitted calipers, even after the initial bleed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/powerbrake.co.za\/downloads\/A_General_X-Line_BBK_Installation_Instructions_v8.pdf\"\u003eRead the X-Line fitting, bedding-in and service guide\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/powerbrake.co.za\/downloads\/BBK_Assembly_Diagram_-_Jeep_Wrangler_JK_X6M_350x34mm.pdf\"\u003eOpen the JEE01F assembly drawing and replacement-parts references\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after your new brakes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximum Temperature Recording markings on the discs and calipers leave a permanent record of the highest temperatures reached. That gives your workshop useful information when choosing future pad compounds and fluid or checking whether your use is creating more heat than expected. It is a record to inspect after driving, rather than a live temperature display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect pad thickness, disc condition and hose routing during normal servicing. Replacement pads need to match the Powerbrake caliper profile, so keep your kit reference and assembly guide with the vehicle. The upgrade improves the brake hardware; the permitted towing, payload and axle limits still come from your vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand \/ range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowerbrake X-Line Stage 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePosition \/ scope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete front-axle conversion; front left and right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee the market-specific Vehicle Fitment table above\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalipers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-Line six-piston billet aluminium; stainless steel pistons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiscs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M: 350 x 34 mm one-piece, 48 curved directional vanes per disc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisc material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-carbon cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard high-performance compound, or PB05 ultra-high-performance compound for vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM; supplied pre-loaded as selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCaliper finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed type-2 anodise or Grey type-3 hard anodise\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoses\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel braided; PTFE lining, protective outer layer and stainless end fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBillet aluminium with stainless thread inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature recording\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTR maximum-temperature recording on discs and calipers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoad and normal off-road use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy a complete kit rather than just different pads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou are changing the calipers, disc capacity and hose construction together. That makes sense when you want a more positive pedal and improved heat management, especially as equipment, towing or heavier wheel-and-tyre combinations add to the braking demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs Stage 1 a good choice for a road-driven vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Stage 1 is our recommendation for road and normal off-road use. You get the six-piston billet calipers, one-piece discs, pads and braided hoses in a matched front conversion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich pad compound should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePB01 is the balanced standard performance compound. PB05 adds performance, fade resistance and wear life over PB01 for vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM; choose it where those benefits suit your driving and the vehicle's permitted mass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the pads, hoses and brackets included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The front calipers, discs, your selected pads, braided hoses, mounting brackets and kit hardware are supplied together. Plan separately for professional fitting and the brake fluid required during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit behind my wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe exact kit must clear the spokes, barrel and balance weights on your actual wheels. Check the matching template or arrange an exact kit-clearance check before ordering, including the spare if it may be used on the front.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it cure a spongy or sinking pedal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X-Line hardware is designed to improve pedal feel and modulation. A newly deteriorating pedal, fluid leak or sinking pedal needs diagnosis and repair first; once the system is healthy, the kit is an upgrade to how the brakes perform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty comes with the kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Powerbrake manufacturer warranty covers defects in workmanship or materials for 12 months or 20,000 km, whichever comes first. Normal wear, incorrect fitting, misuse, motorsport and track-day use are excluded. Cover is also void if a disc exceeds 630 degrees C or a caliper exceeds 200 degrees C, recorded by the MTR markings. Check the linked fitting guide for the full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Powerbrake","offers":[{"title":"Red \/ PB01","offer_id":52614855164246,"sku":"X6M-JEE01F-Jeep-R","price":2970.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ PB01","offer_id":52614855197014,"sku":"X6M-JEE01F-Jeep-G","price":2970.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ PB05","offer_id":55654281216342,"sku":"X6M-JEE01F-jeep-CBB1AC67-R-PB05","price":3228.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ PB05","offer_id":55654281249110,"sku":"X6M-JEE01F-jeep-CBB1AC67-G-PB05","price":3228.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Grey2_6b17e391-b906-484b-93b1-5fa61b372008.png?v=1771179191"},{"product_id":"powerbrake-x-line-big-brake-kit-stage-1-jeep-wrangler-sport-2019","title":"Powerbrake Stage 1 Front Brake Kit - Jeep Wrangler JL Sport 2019+","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMore control when your Wrangler is loaded\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTouring equipment, a trailer and larger tyres can ask a lot more of your Wrangler's brakes. Powerbrake X-Line Stage 1 upgrades the front calipers, discs, pads and hoses together, giving you a more positive pedal and better resistance to heat-related fade. It is an upgrade you can appreciate every time you slow down for a bend or control your speed on a loaded descent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e X6M-JEE03F-Jeep-R (Red \/ PB01). See every available combination below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFeel the difference through the pedal\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRigid billet aluminium calipers resist flex, and the braided hoses resist expansion under pressure. Together, they help make the pedal feel more direct, so it is easier to judge how much braking you are asking for and release it smoothly. Stainless steel pistons slow heat transfer from the pads towards the seals and brake fluid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe calipers also use protected bleed screws, internal fluid crossovers and stainless hardware. Those are useful details when your brakes live with mud, grit and stone impacts, and when you want the upgrade to remain serviceable over years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCooling for repeated braking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X6M option uses 350 x 34 mm one-piece discs with 48 curved, directional cooling vanes per disc. The vanes draw air through the discs to help carry away heat as repeated stops add to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe high-carbon cast-iron discs use a slotted face that helps clear water, sand and mud while keeping braking smooth. Each disc is checked for run-out and thickness variation during manufacture, rather than relying on a sample from the batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your pads and caliper finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePB01 is the standard high-performance compound: a balanced choice for 4x4 and sport-truck use, with good fade resistance and smooth, quiet operation for a performance pad. The friction surfaces are factory-scorched to shorten bedding-in, although you still need to follow the supplied bedding procedure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose PB05 for a further step up in performance, fade resistance and wear life over PB01, on vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM. GVM is the maximum permitted total vehicle mass, rather than the weight you happen to be carrying today. The selected compound is supplied with your kit; you choose the one that suits how you use the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed uses a type-2 anodise for a brighter finish behind the wheels. Grey uses the more durable type-3 hard anodise for an understated appearance and tougher surface. The colour changes the finish, while both choices retain the same caliper design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eBrake Pads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eCaliper and disc\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePad use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-JEE03F-Jeep-R\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-JEE03F-Jeep-G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-JEE03F-jeep-033949D5-R-PB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,500 kg GVM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-JEE03F-jeep-033949D5-G-PB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,500 kg GVM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eChassis \/ generation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eModel years\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eApplication market\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eKit reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWrangler (Sport)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2019+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEUR\/SA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M \/ JEE03F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWrangler (Sport)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2019+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M \/ JEE03F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the fitment table to match your vehicle, market and model year, including any original caliper, wheel or booster details listed for the application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with the kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA pair of X-Line six-piston billet front calipers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront slotted discs in the selected kit specification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour selected pad compound, pre-loaded with anti-squeal shims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBillet caliper mounting brackets with stainless thread inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel braided front hoses with PTFE lining and protective outer covering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit mounting hardware, fitting instructions and bedding-in instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWheel clearance and installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the exact kit checked against your wheels before ordering, including any spare you may use on the front. Wheel diameter alone cannot confirm clearance: the spokes, barrel shape, offset and balance weights all matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting, thorough bleeding and correct bedding-in are part of getting the pedal feel you bought the kit for. Use glycol-based DOT 4 or higher brake fluid as required by the fitting instructions, and arrange the follow-up service bleed. Retained air can affect the feel of newly fitted calipers, even after the initial bleed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/powerbrake.co.za\/downloads\/A_General_X-Line_BBK_Installation_Instructions_v8.pdf\"\u003eRead the X-Line fitting, bedding-in and service guide\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/powerbrake.co.za\/downloads\/BBK_Assembly_Diagram_-_Jeep_Wrangler_JL_and_Gladiator_X6M_350x34mm.pdf\"\u003eOpen the JEE03F assembly drawing and replacement-parts references\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after your new brakes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximum Temperature Recording markings on the discs and calipers leave a permanent record of the highest temperatures reached. That gives your workshop useful information when choosing future pad compounds and fluid or checking whether your use is creating more heat than expected. It is a record to inspect after driving, rather than a live temperature display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect pad thickness, disc condition and hose routing during normal servicing. Replacement pads need to match the Powerbrake caliper profile, so keep your kit reference and assembly guide with the vehicle. The upgrade improves the brake hardware; the permitted towing, payload and axle limits still come from your vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand \/ range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowerbrake X-Line Stage 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePosition \/ scope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete front-axle conversion; front left and right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee the market-specific Vehicle Fitment table above\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalipers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-Line six-piston billet aluminium; stainless steel pistons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiscs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M: 350 x 34 mm one-piece, 48 curved directional vanes per disc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisc material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-carbon cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard high-performance compound, or PB05 ultra-high-performance compound for vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM; supplied pre-loaded as selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCaliper finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed type-2 anodise or Grey type-3 hard anodise\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoses\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel braided; PTFE lining, protective outer layer and stainless end fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBillet aluminium with stainless thread inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature recording\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTR maximum-temperature recording on discs and calipers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoad and normal off-road use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy a complete kit rather than just different pads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou are changing the calipers, disc capacity and hose construction together. That makes sense when you want a more positive pedal and improved heat management, especially as equipment, towing or heavier wheel-and-tyre combinations add to the braking demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs Stage 1 a good choice for a road-driven vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Stage 1 is our recommendation for road and normal off-road use. You get the six-piston billet calipers, one-piece discs, pads and braided hoses in a matched front conversion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich pad compound should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePB01 is the balanced standard performance compound. PB05 adds performance, fade resistance and wear life over PB01 for vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM; choose it where those benefits suit your driving and the vehicle's permitted mass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the pads, hoses and brackets included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The front calipers, discs, your selected pads, braided hoses, mounting brackets and kit hardware are supplied together. Plan separately for professional fitting and the brake fluid required during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit behind my wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe exact kit must clear the spokes, barrel and balance weights on your actual wheels. Check the matching template or arrange an exact kit-clearance check before ordering, including the spare if it may be used on the front.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it cure a spongy or sinking pedal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X-Line hardware is designed to improve pedal feel and modulation. A newly deteriorating pedal, fluid leak or sinking pedal needs diagnosis and repair first; once the system is healthy, the kit is an upgrade to how the brakes perform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty comes with the kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Powerbrake manufacturer warranty covers defects in workmanship or materials for 12 months or 20,000 km, whichever comes first. Normal wear, incorrect fitting, misuse, motorsport and track-day use are excluded. Cover is also void if a disc exceeds 630 degrees C or a caliper exceeds 200 degrees C, recorded by the MTR markings. Check the linked fitting guide for the full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Powerbrake","offers":[{"title":"Red \/ PB01","offer_id":52614892912982,"sku":"X6M-JEE03F-Jeep-R","price":2970.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ PB01","offer_id":52614892945750,"sku":"X6M-JEE03F-Jeep-G","price":2970.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ PB05","offer_id":55654282920278,"sku":"X6M-JEE03F-jeep-033949D5-R-PB05","price":3228.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ PB05","offer_id":55654282953046,"sku":"X6M-JEE03F-jeep-033949D5-G-PB05","price":3228.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Grey2_6b17e391-b906-484b-93b1-5fa61b372008.png?v=1771179191"},{"product_id":"powerbrake-x-line-big-brake-kit-stage-1-jeep-wrangler-sahara-2019","title":"Powerbrake Stage 1 Front Brake Kit - Jeep Wrangler JL Sahara 2019+","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMore control when your Wrangler is loaded\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTouring equipment, a trailer and larger tyres can ask a lot more of your Wrangler's brakes. Powerbrake X-Line Stage 1 upgrades the front calipers, discs, pads and hoses together, giving you a more positive pedal and better resistance to heat-related fade. It is an upgrade you can appreciate every time you slow down for a bend or control your speed on a loaded descent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e X6M-JEE03F-Jeep-WS-R (Red \/ PB01). See every available combination below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFeel the difference through the pedal\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRigid billet aluminium calipers resist flex, and the braided hoses resist expansion under pressure. Together, they help make the pedal feel more direct, so it is easier to judge how much braking you are asking for and release it smoothly. Stainless steel pistons slow heat transfer from the pads towards the seals and brake fluid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe calipers also use protected bleed screws, internal fluid crossovers and stainless hardware. Those are useful details when your brakes live with mud, grit and stone impacts, and when you want the upgrade to remain serviceable over years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCooling for repeated braking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X6M option uses 350 x 34 mm one-piece discs with 48 curved, directional cooling vanes per disc. The vanes draw air through the discs to help carry away heat as repeated stops add to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe high-carbon cast-iron discs use a slotted face that helps clear water, sand and mud while keeping braking smooth. Each disc is checked for run-out and thickness variation during manufacture, rather than relying on a sample from the batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your pads and caliper finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePB01 is the standard high-performance compound: a balanced choice for 4x4 and sport-truck use, with good fade resistance and smooth, quiet operation for a performance pad. The friction surfaces are factory-scorched to shorten bedding-in, although you still need to follow the supplied bedding procedure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose PB05 for a further step up in performance, fade resistance and wear life over PB01, on vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM. GVM is the maximum permitted total vehicle mass, rather than the weight you happen to be carrying today. The selected compound is supplied with your kit; you choose the one that suits how you use the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed uses a type-2 anodise for a brighter finish behind the wheels. Grey uses the more durable type-3 hard anodise for an understated appearance and tougher surface. The colour changes the finish, while both choices retain the same caliper design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eBrake Pads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eCaliper and disc\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePad use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-JEE03F-Jeep-WS-R\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-JEE03F-Jeep-WS-G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-JEE03F-jeep-6EC67F14-R-PB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,500 kg GVM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-JEE03F-jeep-6EC67F14-G-PB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,500 kg GVM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eChassis \/ generation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eModel years\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eApplication market\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eKit reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWrangler JL Sahara\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2019+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEUR\/SA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M \/ JEE03F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWrangler JL Sahara\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2019+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M \/ JEE03F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the fitment table to match your vehicle, market and model year, including any original caliper, wheel or booster details listed for the application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with the kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA pair of X-Line six-piston billet front calipers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront slotted discs in the selected kit specification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour selected pad compound, pre-loaded with anti-squeal shims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBillet caliper mounting brackets with stainless thread inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel braided front hoses with PTFE lining and protective outer covering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit mounting hardware, fitting instructions and bedding-in instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWheel clearance and installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the exact kit checked against your wheels before ordering, including any spare you may use on the front. Wheel diameter alone cannot confirm clearance: the spokes, barrel shape, offset and balance weights all matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting, thorough bleeding and correct bedding-in are part of getting the pedal feel you bought the kit for. Use glycol-based DOT 4 or higher brake fluid as required by the fitting instructions, and arrange the follow-up service bleed. Retained air can affect the feel of newly fitted calipers, even after the initial bleed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/powerbrake.co.za\/downloads\/A_General_X-Line_BBK_Installation_Instructions_v8.pdf\"\u003eRead the X-Line fitting, bedding-in and service guide\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/powerbrake.co.za\/downloads\/BBK_Assembly_Diagram_-_Jeep_Wrangler_JL_and_Gladiator_X6M_350x34mm.pdf\"\u003eOpen the JEE03F assembly drawing and replacement-parts references\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after your new brakes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximum Temperature Recording markings on the discs and calipers leave a permanent record of the highest temperatures reached. That gives your workshop useful information when choosing future pad compounds and fluid or checking whether your use is creating more heat than expected. It is a record to inspect after driving, rather than a live temperature display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect pad thickness, disc condition and hose routing during normal servicing. Replacement pads need to match the Powerbrake caliper profile, so keep your kit reference and assembly guide with the vehicle. The upgrade improves the brake hardware; the permitted towing, payload and axle limits still come from your vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand \/ range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowerbrake X-Line Stage 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePosition \/ scope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete front-axle conversion; front left and right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee the market-specific Vehicle Fitment table above\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalipers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-Line six-piston billet aluminium; stainless steel pistons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiscs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M: 350 x 34 mm one-piece, 48 curved directional vanes per disc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisc material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-carbon cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard high-performance compound, or PB05 ultra-high-performance compound for vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM; supplied pre-loaded as selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCaliper finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed type-2 anodise or Grey type-3 hard anodise\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoses\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel braided; PTFE lining, protective outer layer and stainless end fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBillet aluminium with stainless thread inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature recording\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTR maximum-temperature recording on discs and calipers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoad and normal off-road use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy a complete kit rather than just different pads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou are changing the calipers, disc capacity and hose construction together. That makes sense when you want a more positive pedal and improved heat management, especially as equipment, towing or heavier wheel-and-tyre combinations add to the braking demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs Stage 1 a good choice for a road-driven vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Stage 1 is our recommendation for road and normal off-road use. You get the six-piston billet calipers, one-piece discs, pads and braided hoses in a matched front conversion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich pad compound should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePB01 is the balanced standard performance compound. PB05 adds performance, fade resistance and wear life over PB01 for vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM; choose it where those benefits suit your driving and the vehicle's permitted mass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the pads, hoses and brackets included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The front calipers, discs, your selected pads, braided hoses, mounting brackets and kit hardware are supplied together. Plan separately for professional fitting and the brake fluid required during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit behind my wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe exact kit must clear the spokes, barrel and balance weights on your actual wheels. Check the matching template or arrange an exact kit-clearance check before ordering, including the spare if it may be used on the front.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it cure a spongy or sinking pedal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X-Line hardware is designed to improve pedal feel and modulation. A newly deteriorating pedal, fluid leak or sinking pedal needs diagnosis and repair first; once the system is healthy, the kit is an upgrade to how the brakes perform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty comes with the kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Powerbrake manufacturer warranty covers defects in workmanship or materials for 12 months or 20,000 km, whichever comes first. Normal wear, incorrect fitting, misuse, motorsport and track-day use are excluded. Cover is also void if a disc exceeds 630 degrees C or a caliper exceeds 200 degrees C, recorded by the MTR markings. Check the linked fitting guide for the full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Powerbrake","offers":[{"title":"Red \/ PB01","offer_id":52614921060694,"sku":"X6M-JEE03F-Jeep-WS-R","price":2970.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ PB01","offer_id":52614921093462,"sku":"X6M-JEE03F-Jeep-WS-G","price":2970.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ PB05","offer_id":55654283739478,"sku":"X6M-JEE03F-jeep-6EC67F14-R-PB05","price":3228.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ PB05","offer_id":55654283772246,"sku":"X6M-JEE03F-jeep-6EC67F14-G-PB05","price":3228.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Grey2_6b17e391-b906-484b-93b1-5fa61b372008.png?v=1771179191"},{"product_id":"powerbrake-x-line-big-brake-kit-stage-1-jeep-wrangler-rubicon-2019","title":"Powerbrake Stage 1 Front Brake Kit - Jeep Wrangler JL Rubicon 2019+","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMore control when your Wrangler is loaded\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTouring equipment, a trailer and larger tyres can ask a lot more of your Wrangler's brakes. Powerbrake X-Line Stage 1 upgrades the front calipers, discs, pads and hoses together, giving you a more positive pedal and better resistance to heat-related fade. It is an upgrade you can appreciate every time you slow down for a bend or control your speed on a loaded descent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e X6M-JEE03F-Jeep-WR-R (Red \/ PB01). See every available combination below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFeel the difference through the pedal\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRigid billet aluminium calipers resist flex, and the braided hoses resist expansion under pressure. Together, they help make the pedal feel more direct, so it is easier to judge how much braking you are asking for and release it smoothly. Stainless steel pistons slow heat transfer from the pads towards the seals and brake fluid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe calipers also use protected bleed screws, internal fluid crossovers and stainless hardware. Those are useful details when your brakes live with mud, grit and stone impacts, and when you want the upgrade to remain serviceable over years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCooling for repeated braking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X6M option uses 350 x 34 mm one-piece discs with 48 curved, directional cooling vanes per disc. The vanes draw air through the discs to help carry away heat as repeated stops add to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe high-carbon cast-iron discs use a slotted face that helps clear water, sand and mud while keeping braking smooth. Each disc is checked for run-out and thickness variation during manufacture, rather than relying on a sample from the batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your pads and caliper finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePB01 is the standard high-performance compound: a balanced choice for 4x4 and sport-truck use, with good fade resistance and smooth, quiet operation for a performance pad. The friction surfaces are factory-scorched to shorten bedding-in, although you still need to follow the supplied bedding procedure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose PB05 for a further step up in performance, fade resistance and wear life over PB01, on vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM. GVM is the maximum permitted total vehicle mass, rather than the weight you happen to be carrying today. The selected compound is supplied with your kit; you choose the one that suits how you use the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed uses a type-2 anodise for a brighter finish behind the wheels. Grey uses the more durable type-3 hard anodise for an understated appearance and tougher surface. The colour changes the finish, while both choices retain the same caliper design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eBrake Pads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eCaliper and disc\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePad use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-JEE03F-Jeep-WR-R\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-JEE03F-Jeep-WR-G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-JEE03F-jeep-52D3192B-R-PB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,500 kg GVM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-JEE03F-jeep-52D3192B-G-PB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,500 kg GVM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eChassis \/ generation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eModel years\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eApplication market\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eKit reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWrangler JL Rubicon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2019+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEUR\/SA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M \/ JEE03F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWrangler JL Rubicon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2019+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M \/ JEE03F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the fitment table to match your vehicle, market and model year, including any original caliper, wheel or booster details listed for the application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with the kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA pair of X-Line six-piston billet front calipers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront slotted discs in the selected kit specification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour selected pad compound, pre-loaded with anti-squeal shims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBillet caliper mounting brackets with stainless thread inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel braided front hoses with PTFE lining and protective outer covering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit mounting hardware, fitting instructions and bedding-in instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWheel clearance and installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the exact kit checked against your wheels before ordering, including any spare you may use on the front. Wheel diameter alone cannot confirm clearance: the spokes, barrel shape, offset and balance weights all matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting, thorough bleeding and correct bedding-in are part of getting the pedal feel you bought the kit for. Use glycol-based DOT 4 or higher brake fluid as required by the fitting instructions, and arrange the follow-up service bleed. Retained air can affect the feel of newly fitted calipers, even after the initial bleed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/powerbrake.co.za\/downloads\/A_General_X-Line_BBK_Installation_Instructions_v8.pdf\"\u003eRead the X-Line fitting, bedding-in and service guide\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/powerbrake.co.za\/downloads\/BBK_Assembly_Diagram_-_Jeep_Wrangler_JL_and_Gladiator_X6M_350x34mm.pdf\"\u003eOpen the JEE03F assembly drawing and replacement-parts references\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after your new brakes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximum Temperature Recording markings on the discs and calipers leave a permanent record of the highest temperatures reached. That gives your workshop useful information when choosing future pad compounds and fluid or checking whether your use is creating more heat than expected. It is a record to inspect after driving, rather than a live temperature display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect pad thickness, disc condition and hose routing during normal servicing. Replacement pads need to match the Powerbrake caliper profile, so keep your kit reference and assembly guide with the vehicle. The upgrade improves the brake hardware; the permitted towing, payload and axle limits still come from your vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand \/ range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowerbrake X-Line Stage 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePosition \/ scope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete front-axle conversion; front left and right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee the market-specific Vehicle Fitment table above\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalipers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-Line six-piston billet aluminium; stainless steel pistons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiscs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M: 350 x 34 mm one-piece, 48 curved directional vanes per disc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisc material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-carbon cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard high-performance compound, or PB05 ultra-high-performance compound for vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM; supplied pre-loaded as selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCaliper finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed type-2 anodise or Grey type-3 hard anodise\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoses\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel braided; PTFE lining, protective outer layer and stainless end fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBillet aluminium with stainless thread inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature recording\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTR maximum-temperature recording on discs and calipers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoad and normal off-road use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy a complete kit rather than just different pads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou are changing the calipers, disc capacity and hose construction together. That makes sense when you want a more positive pedal and improved heat management, especially as equipment, towing or heavier wheel-and-tyre combinations add to the braking demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs Stage 1 a good choice for a road-driven vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Stage 1 is our recommendation for road and normal off-road use. You get the six-piston billet calipers, one-piece discs, pads and braided hoses in a matched front conversion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich pad compound should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePB01 is the balanced standard performance compound. PB05 adds performance, fade resistance and wear life over PB01 for vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM; choose it where those benefits suit your driving and the vehicle's permitted mass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the pads, hoses and brackets included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The front calipers, discs, your selected pads, braided hoses, mounting brackets and kit hardware are supplied together. Plan separately for professional fitting and the brake fluid required during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit behind my wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe exact kit must clear the spokes, barrel and balance weights on your actual wheels. Check the matching template or arrange an exact kit-clearance check before ordering, including the spare if it may be used on the front.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it cure a spongy or sinking pedal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X-Line hardware is designed to improve pedal feel and modulation. A newly deteriorating pedal, fluid leak or sinking pedal needs diagnosis and repair first; once the system is healthy, the kit is an upgrade to how the brakes perform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty comes with the kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Powerbrake manufacturer warranty covers defects in workmanship or materials for 12 months or 20,000 km, whichever comes first. Normal wear, incorrect fitting, misuse, motorsport and track-day use are excluded. Cover is also void if a disc exceeds 630 degrees C or a caliper exceeds 200 degrees C, recorded by the MTR markings. Check the linked fitting guide for the full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Powerbrake","offers":[{"title":"Red \/ PB01","offer_id":52614940033366,"sku":"X6M-JEE03F-Jeep-WR-R","price":2970.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ PB01","offer_id":52614940066134,"sku":"X6M-JEE03F-Jeep-WR-G","price":2970.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ PB05","offer_id":55654285017430,"sku":"X6M-JEE03F-jeep-52D3192B-R-PB05","price":3228.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ PB05","offer_id":55654285050198,"sku":"X6M-JEE03F-jeep-52D3192B-G-PB05","price":3228.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Grey2_6b17e391-b906-484b-93b1-5fa61b372008.png?v=1771179191"},{"product_id":"powerbrake-x-line-big-brake-kit-stage-1-next-gen-ford-ranger-2023","title":"Powerbrake Stage 1 Front Brake Kit - Ford Ranger 2023+ with Rear Disc Brakes","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMore confident braking in your Ranger\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTouring equipment, a trailer and larger tyres can ask a lot more of your Ranger's brakes. Powerbrake X-Line Stage 1 upgrades the front calipers, discs, pads and hoses together, giving you a more positive pedal and better resistance to heat-related fade. It is an upgrade you can appreciate every time you slow down for a bend or control your speed on a loaded descent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e X6M-FSA05F-ford-C79D8CC2-R-PB01 (Red \/ PB01). See every available combination below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFeel the difference through the pedal\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRigid billet aluminium calipers resist flex, and the braided hoses resist expansion under pressure. Together, they help make the pedal feel more direct, so it is easier to judge how much braking you are asking for and release it smoothly. Stainless steel pistons slow heat transfer from the pads towards the seals and brake fluid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe calipers also use protected bleed screws, internal fluid crossovers and stainless hardware. Those are useful details when your brakes live with mud, grit and stone impacts, and when you want the upgrade to remain serviceable over years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCooling for repeated braking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X6M option uses 350 x 34 mm one-piece discs with 48 curved, directional cooling vanes per disc. The vanes draw air through the discs to help carry away heat as repeated stops add to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe high-carbon cast-iron discs use a slotted face that helps clear water, sand and mud while keeping braking smooth. Each disc is checked for run-out and thickness variation during manufacture, rather than relying on a sample from the batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your pads and caliper finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePB01 is the standard high-performance compound: a balanced choice for 4x4 and sport-truck use, with good fade resistance and smooth, quiet operation for a performance pad. The friction surfaces are factory-scorched to shorten bedding-in, although you still need to follow the supplied bedding procedure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose PB05 for a further step up in performance, fade resistance and wear life over PB01, on vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM. GVM is the maximum permitted total vehicle mass, rather than the weight you happen to be carrying today. The selected compound is supplied with your kit; you choose the one that suits how you use the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed uses a type-2 anodise for a brighter finish behind the wheels. Grey uses the more durable type-3 hard anodise for an understated appearance and tougher surface. The colour changes the finish, while both choices retain the same caliper design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eBrake Pads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eCaliper and disc\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePad use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-FSA05F-ford-C79D8CC2-R-PB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-FSA05F-ford-C79D8CC2-G-PB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-FSA05F-ford-C79D8CC2-R-PB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,500 kg GVM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-FSA05F-ford-C79D8CC2-G-PB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,500 kg GVM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eChassis \/ generation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eModel years\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eApplication market\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eKit reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRanger T6.2 (models with rear discs)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eP703 \/ RA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEUR\/SA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M \/ FSA05F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose this version for the 2023+ Ranger with original rear disc brakes. Match the rear brake configuration before ordering, even though this kit upgrades the front axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with the kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA pair of X-Line six-piston billet front calipers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront slotted discs in the selected kit specification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour selected pad compound, pre-loaded with anti-squeal shims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBillet caliper mounting brackets with stainless thread inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel braided front hoses with PTFE lining and protective outer covering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit mounting hardware, fitting instructions and bedding-in instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWheel clearance and installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the exact kit checked against your wheels before ordering, including any spare you may use on the front. Wheel diameter alone cannot confirm clearance: the spokes, barrel shape, offset and balance weights all matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting, thorough bleeding and correct bedding-in are part of getting the pedal feel you bought the kit for. Use glycol-based DOT 4 or higher brake fluid as required by the fitting instructions, and arrange the follow-up service bleed. Retained air can affect the feel of newly fitted calipers, even after the initial bleed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/powerbrake.co.za\/downloads\/A_General_X-Line_BBK_Installation_Instructions_v8.pdf\"\u003eRead the X-Line fitting, bedding-in and service guide\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after your new brakes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximum Temperature Recording markings on the discs and calipers leave a permanent record of the highest temperatures reached. That gives your workshop useful information when choosing future pad compounds and fluid or checking whether your use is creating more heat than expected. It is a record to inspect after driving, rather than a live temperature display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect pad thickness, disc condition and hose routing during normal servicing. Replacement pads need to match the Powerbrake caliper profile, so keep your kit reference and assembly guide with the vehicle. The upgrade improves the brake hardware; the permitted towing, payload and axle limits still come from your vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand \/ range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowerbrake X-Line Stage 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePosition \/ scope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete front-axle conversion; front left and right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee the market-specific Vehicle Fitment table above\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalipers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-Line six-piston billet aluminium; stainless steel pistons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiscs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M: 350 x 34 mm one-piece, 48 curved directional vanes per disc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisc material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-carbon cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard high-performance compound, or PB05 ultra-high-performance compound for vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM; supplied pre-loaded as selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCaliper finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed type-2 anodise or Grey type-3 hard anodise\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoses\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel braided; PTFE lining, protective outer layer and stainless end fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBillet aluminium with stainless thread inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature recording\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTR maximum-temperature recording on discs and calipers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoad and normal off-road use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy a complete kit rather than just different pads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou are changing the calipers, disc capacity and hose construction together. That makes sense when you want a more positive pedal and improved heat management, especially as equipment, towing or heavier wheel-and-tyre combinations add to the braking demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs Stage 1 a good choice for a road-driven vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Stage 1 is our recommendation for road and normal off-road use. You get the six-piston billet calipers, one-piece discs, pads and braided hoses in a matched front conversion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich pad compound should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePB01 is the balanced standard performance compound. PB05 adds performance, fade resistance and wear life over PB01 for vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM; choose it where those benefits suit your driving and the vehicle's permitted mass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the pads, hoses and brackets included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The front calipers, discs, your selected pads, braided hoses, mounting brackets and kit hardware are supplied together. Plan separately for professional fitting and the brake fluid required during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit behind my wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe exact kit must clear the spokes, barrel and balance weights on your actual wheels. Check the matching template or arrange an exact kit-clearance check before ordering, including the spare if it may be used on the front.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it cure a spongy or sinking pedal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X-Line hardware is designed to improve pedal feel and modulation. A newly deteriorating pedal, fluid leak or sinking pedal needs diagnosis and repair first; once the system is healthy, the kit is an upgrade to how the brakes perform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty comes with the kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Powerbrake manufacturer warranty covers defects in workmanship or materials for 12 months or 20,000 km, whichever comes first. Normal wear, incorrect fitting, misuse, motorsport and track-day use are excluded. Cover is also void if a disc exceeds 630 degrees C or a caliper exceeds 200 degrees C, recorded by the MTR markings. Check the linked fitting guide for the full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Powerbrake","offers":[{"title":"Red \/ PB01","offer_id":52614965526870,"sku":"X6M-FSA05F-ford-C79D8CC2-R-PB01","price":2970.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ PB01","offer_id":52614965559638,"sku":"X6M-FSA05F-ford-C79D8CC2-G-PB01","price":2970.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ PB05","offer_id":55654278725974,"sku":"X6M-FSA05F-ford-C79D8CC2-R-PB05","price":3228.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ PB05","offer_id":55654278758742,"sku":"X6M-FSA05F-ford-C79D8CC2-G-PB05","price":3228.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Grey2_cb3889af-07f1-4a5b-8bc2-62ff12cd8104.png?v=1771180160"},{"product_id":"powerbrake-x-line-big-brake-kit-stage-1-next-gen-ford-ranger-2-0l-diesel-2023","title":"Powerbrake Stage 1 Front Brake Kit - Ford Ranger 2.0 Diesel 2023+ with Rear Drum Brakes","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMore confident braking in your Ranger\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTouring equipment, a trailer and larger tyres can ask a lot more of your Ranger's brakes. Powerbrake X-Line Stage 1 upgrades the front calipers, discs, pads and hoses together, giving you a more positive pedal and better resistance to heat-related fade. It is an upgrade you can appreciate every time you slow down for a bend or control your speed on a loaded descent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e X6M-FSA05F-ford-C56EF259-R-PB01 (Red \/ PB01). See every available combination below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFeel the difference through the pedal\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRigid billet aluminium calipers resist flex, and the braided hoses resist expansion under pressure. Together, they help make the pedal feel more direct, so it is easier to judge how much braking you are asking for and release it smoothly. Stainless steel pistons slow heat transfer from the pads towards the seals and brake fluid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe calipers also use protected bleed screws, internal fluid crossovers and stainless hardware. Those are useful details when your brakes live with mud, grit and stone impacts, and when you want the upgrade to remain serviceable over years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCooling for repeated braking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X6M option uses 350 x 34 mm one-piece discs with 48 curved, directional cooling vanes per disc. The vanes draw air through the discs to help carry away heat as repeated stops add to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe high-carbon cast-iron discs use a slotted face that helps clear water, sand and mud while keeping braking smooth. Each disc is checked for run-out and thickness variation during manufacture, rather than relying on a sample from the batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your pads and caliper finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePB01 is the standard high-performance compound: a balanced choice for 4x4 and sport-truck use, with good fade resistance and smooth, quiet operation for a performance pad. The friction surfaces are factory-scorched to shorten bedding-in, although you still need to follow the supplied bedding procedure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose PB05 for a further step up in performance, fade resistance and wear life over PB01, on vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM. GVM is the maximum permitted total vehicle mass, rather than the weight you happen to be carrying today. The selected compound is supplied with your kit; you choose the one that suits how you use the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed uses a type-2 anodise for a brighter finish behind the wheels. Grey uses the more durable type-3 hard anodise for an understated appearance and tougher surface. The colour changes the finish, while both choices retain the same caliper design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eBrake Pads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eCaliper and disc\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePad use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-FSA05F-ford-C56EF259-R-PB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-FSA05F-ford-C56EF259-G-PB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-FSA05F-ford-C56EF259-R-PB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,500 kg GVM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M-FSA05F-ford-C56EF259-G-PB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M 350 x 34 mm, one-piece, 48 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,500 kg GVM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eChassis \/ generation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eModel years\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eApplication market\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eKit reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRanger T6.2 2.0 diesel (models w\/ rear drums)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eP703 \/ RA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEUR\/SA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M \/ FSA05F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose this version for the 2023+ Ranger 2.0 diesel with original rear drum brakes. The rear brake configuration is part of the front kit application, so match it before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with the kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA pair of X-Line six-piston billet front calipers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront slotted discs in the selected kit specification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour selected pad compound, pre-loaded with anti-squeal shims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBillet caliper mounting brackets with stainless thread inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel braided front hoses with PTFE lining and protective outer covering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit mounting hardware, fitting instructions and bedding-in instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWheel clearance and installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the exact kit checked against your wheels before ordering, including any spare you may use on the front. Wheel diameter alone cannot confirm clearance: the spokes, barrel shape, offset and balance weights all matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting, thorough bleeding and correct bedding-in are part of getting the pedal feel you bought the kit for. Use glycol-based DOT 4 or higher brake fluid as required by the fitting instructions, and arrange the follow-up service bleed. Retained air can affect the feel of newly fitted calipers, even after the initial bleed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/powerbrake.co.za\/downloads\/A_General_X-Line_BBK_Installation_Instructions_v8.pdf\"\u003eRead the X-Line fitting, bedding-in and service guide\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after your new brakes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximum Temperature Recording markings on the discs and calipers leave a permanent record of the highest temperatures reached. That gives your workshop useful information when choosing future pad compounds and fluid or checking whether your use is creating more heat than expected. It is a record to inspect after driving, rather than a live temperature display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect pad thickness, disc condition and hose routing during normal servicing. Replacement pads need to match the Powerbrake caliper profile, so keep your kit reference and assembly guide with the vehicle. The upgrade improves the brake hardware; the permitted towing, payload and axle limits still come from your vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand \/ range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowerbrake X-Line Stage 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePosition \/ scope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete front-axle conversion; front left and right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee the market-specific Vehicle Fitment table above\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalipers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-Line six-piston billet aluminium; stainless steel pistons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiscs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6M: 350 x 34 mm one-piece, 48 curved directional vanes per disc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisc material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-carbon cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard high-performance compound, or PB05 ultra-high-performance compound for vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM; supplied pre-loaded as selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCaliper finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed type-2 anodise or Grey type-3 hard anodise\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoses\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel braided; PTFE lining, protective outer layer and stainless end fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBillet aluminium with stainless thread inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature recording\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTR maximum-temperature recording on discs and calipers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoad and normal off-road use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy a complete kit rather than just different pads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou are changing the calipers, disc capacity and hose construction together. That makes sense when you want a more positive pedal and improved heat management, especially as equipment, towing or heavier wheel-and-tyre combinations add to the braking demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs Stage 1 a good choice for a road-driven vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Stage 1 is our recommendation for road and normal off-road use. You get the six-piston billet calipers, one-piece discs, pads and braided hoses in a matched front conversion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich pad compound should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePB01 is the balanced standard performance compound. PB05 adds performance, fade resistance and wear life over PB01 for vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM; choose it where those benefits suit your driving and the vehicle's permitted mass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the pads, hoses and brackets included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The front calipers, discs, your selected pads, braided hoses, mounting brackets and kit hardware are supplied together. Plan separately for professional fitting and the brake fluid required during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit behind my wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe exact kit must clear the spokes, barrel and balance weights on your actual wheels. Check the matching template or arrange an exact kit-clearance check before ordering, including the spare if it may be used on the front.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it cure a spongy or sinking pedal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X-Line hardware is designed to improve pedal feel and modulation. A newly deteriorating pedal, fluid leak or sinking pedal needs diagnosis and repair first; once the system is healthy, the kit is an upgrade to how the brakes perform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty comes with the kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Powerbrake manufacturer warranty covers defects in workmanship or materials for 12 months or 20,000 km, whichever comes first. Normal wear, incorrect fitting, misuse, motorsport and track-day use are excluded. Cover is also void if a disc exceeds 630 degrees C or a caliper exceeds 200 degrees C, recorded by the MTR markings. Check the linked fitting guide for the full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Powerbrake","offers":[{"title":"Red \/ PB01","offer_id":52614967820630,"sku":"X6M-FSA05F-ford-C56EF259-R-PB01","price":2970.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ PB01","offer_id":52614967853398,"sku":"X6M-FSA05F-ford-C56EF259-G-PB01","price":2970.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ PB05","offer_id":55654278267222,"sku":"X6M-FSA05F-ford-C56EF259-R-PB05","price":3228.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey \/ PB05","offer_id":55654278299990,"sku":"X6M-FSA05F-ford-C56EF259-G-PB05","price":3228.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Grey2_cb3889af-07f1-4a5b-8bc2-62ff12cd8104.png?v=1771180160"},{"product_id":"renegade-octane-booster","title":"Renegade Octane Booster – High Performance Fuel Additive","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRenegade Octane Booster for Performance Engines\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRenegade Octane Booster is a premium fuel additive engineered for drivers demanding more from their engines. Developed using technology found in Renegade’s renowned race fuels, this additive is designed to increase octane, enhance combustion stability, and support consistent performance for both road and motorsport applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Renegade Octane Booster Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOctane rating is a critical factor in preventing engine knock (detonation) under high stress. Renegade Octane Booster raises the octane level of standard pump fuel, allowing engines to operate with greater efficiency and reliability at higher loads, increased boost, or advanced ignition timing. This helps unlock additional performance potential without the need for dedicated race fuel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhere to Use Renegade Octane Booster\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis additive is ideal for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTuned vehicles requiring higher octane than standard pump fuel provides\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTurbocharged, supercharged, or high-compression engines\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTrack days, performance driving, and motorsport events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSituations where high-octane fuel is unavailable or inconsistent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you’re preparing for a spirited drive, a track session, or simply want to safeguard your engine under demanding conditions, Renegade Octane Booster offers a practical solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of Renegade Octane Booster\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncreases octane rating of pump fuel for improved knock resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnhances combustion efficiency for smoother, more consistent power delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports cleaner engine operation and helps maintain fuel system cleanliness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSafe for use with oxygen sensors and catalytic converters\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllows performance engines to run cooler and more reliably under load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReal-World Problem Solving: Why Use an Octane Booster?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModern high-performance engines are sensitive to fuel quality. Low octane can lead to detonation, reduced power, and potential engine damage. Renegade Octane Booster addresses this by increasing the fuel’s resistance to knock, allowing you to safely extract more performance and protect your investment, especially when high-octane fuel is not readily available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePerformance and Dosage Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor mild enhancement, one bottle treats up to approximately 60 litres of fuel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor maximum effect, one bottle per 20 litres can raise 95 RON fuel to over 110 octane (results depend on base fuel and engine setup)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHigher base fuels (97 or 99 RON) yield even greater octane increases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways adjust dosage based on your engine’s requirements and intended use. For best results, consult your tuner or engine builder if running aggressive timing or boost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRenegade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOctane Booster \/ Fuel Additive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncreases octane rating of pump fuel for performance engines\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafe for oxygen sensors and catalytic converters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTreatment Rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 bottle treats up to 60L (mild), or 20L (maximum effect)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Usage Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour the required amount directly into the fuel tank before refuelling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix thoroughly by filling the tank after adding the booster\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse higher concentrations for maximum performance or as recommended by your tuner\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for both petrol road cars and motorsport applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Renegade Octane Booster improve performance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy increasing the octane rating, it allows your engine to run higher boost or advanced timing without knock, unlocking more power and efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it safe for daily-driven vehicles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is suitable for both daily drivers and high-performance builds, and is safe for use with oxygen sensors and catalytic converters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much should I use for my vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor mild applications, use one bottle per 60 litres of fuel. For maximum octane increase, use one bottle per 20 litres. Adjust based on your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this with other fuel additives?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is generally recommended to use Renegade Octane Booster on its own to avoid interactions with other additives. Consult your tuner if combining products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this replace the need for race fuel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile it significantly increases octane, it is designed as a convenient alternative when race fuel is unavailable, not a direct replacement for dedicated race fuel in extreme applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it clean the fuel system?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it contains cleaning agents to help maintain a cleaner fuel system during use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Renegade","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52635931869526,"sku":"REN-OCT1","price":24.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/OctaneBooster-1.png?v=1771413860"},{"product_id":"renegade-cetane-booster","title":"Renegade Cetane Booster – Diesel Performance Fuel Additive","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRenegade Cetane Booster for Diesel Engines\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRenegade's Cetane Booster is a specialised fuel additive designed to enhance the performance of diesel engines. Developed for both daily drivers and high-performance diesel vehicles, this formula increases the cetane value of your fuel, supporting greater torque and horsepower while helping to protect critical engine components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Renegade Cetane Booster Improves Diesel Performance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis additive works by raising the cetane number of your diesel fuel, which allows for a more efficient and complete combustion process. The oxygenated formulation helps extract more power from each stroke, resulting in improved throttle response and smoother engine operation. In addition, the product contains lubricity agents and cleaning additives that support injector and pump health—particularly important for vehicles running on modern ultra-low sulphur diesel fuels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTypical Use Cases and Application Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRenegade Cetane Booster is suitable for a wide range of diesel-powered vehicles, from daily-driven utes and 4WDs to tuned performance builds. It is especially useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOwners seeking increased power and torque from their diesel engine\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDrivers experiencing rough idling, hard starts, or reduced fuel efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVehicles operating in regions with low-quality or ultra-low sulphur diesel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerformance enthusiasts looking to maximise injector flow and engine responsiveness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Benefits of Renegade Cetane Booster\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncreases cetane value for improved combustion and power output\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHelps protect injectors and fuel pumps with added lubricity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains cleaning agents to maintain injector performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSupports smoother engine operation and better throttle response\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for both daily drivers and high-performance diesel vehicles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Problem Solving for Diesel Owners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eModern diesel engines often suffer from reduced lubricity and injector wear due to ultra-low sulphur fuels. These issues can lead to power loss, increased maintenance costs, and unreliable operation. Renegade Cetane Booster addresses these challenges by improving fuel quality, helping to maintain engine health, and supporting consistent performance even under demanding conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUsage and Dosing Guidelines\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRenegade makes dosing straightforward for different applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDaily drivers and mild performance builds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add 1 can to up to 110 litres of diesel fuel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh horsepower applications:\u003c\/strong\u003e Add 1 can to 37 litres of diesel fuel for maximum effect.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply pour the recommended amount into your fuel tank prior to filling up. No special tools or procedures are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRenegade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiesel Cetane Booster \/ Fuel Additive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiesel engines (daily drivers and performance builds)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary Function\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncreases cetane value, adds lubricity, cleans injectors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDosing Guide\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 can per 110L (standard), 1 can per 37L (high performance)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Renegade Cetane Booster improve diesel performance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy raising the cetane number and oxygenating the fuel, it promotes more efficient combustion, resulting in increased torque, horsepower, and smoother running.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product suitable for all diesel engines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it is designed for use in both standard and high-performance diesel engines, including daily drivers and modified vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow often should I use Renegade Cetane Booster?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be used with every tank fill, especially if you want to maintain consistent performance and injector cleanliness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this additive affect my vehicle warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRenegade Cetane Booster is a fuel additive and does not alter engine hardware; however, always check your vehicle manufacturer’s guidelines regarding fuel additives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this product with other fuel additives?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is generally safe to use, but avoid mixing with other cetane boosters to prevent overdosing. For specific combinations, consult your mechanic or the product manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the signs that my diesel engine could benefit from a cetane booster?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommon signs include rough idle, hard starting, reduced power, poor fuel economy, or excessive injector noise—especially when using low-quality diesel fuel.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Renegade","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52635938095446,"sku":"REN-CET1","price":24.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/CetaneBooster-1.png?v=1771414100"},{"product_id":"powerbrake-x-line-big-brake-kit-stage-1-toyota-landcruiser-250-2024","title":"Powerbrake Stage 1 Front Brake Kit - Toyota Land Cruiser 250 2024+","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBetter braking for your loaded Land Cruiser\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTouring equipment, a trailer and larger tyres can ask a lot more of your Land Cruiser's brakes. Powerbrake X-Line Stage 1 upgrades the front calipers, discs, pads and hoses together, giving you a more positive pedal and better resistance to heat-related fade. It is an upgrade you can appreciate every time you slow down for a bend or control your speed on a loaded descent.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e X6L-TOY12F-toyota-8E88EA2D-R-PB01 (S14WK \/ Red \/ PB01). See every available combination below.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFeel the difference through the pedal\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eRigid billet aluminium calipers resist flex, and the braided hoses resist expansion under pressure. Together, they help make the pedal feel more direct, so it is easier to judge how much braking you are asking for and release it smoothly. Stainless steel pistons slow heat transfer from the pads towards the seals and brake fluid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe calipers also use protected bleed screws, internal fluid crossovers and stainless hardware. Those are useful details when your brakes live with mud, grit and stone impacts, and when you want the upgrade to remain serviceable over years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCooling for repeated braking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X6L option uses 370 x 34 mm one-piece discs with 56 curved, directional cooling vanes per disc. The vanes draw air through the discs to help carry away heat as repeated stops add to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe high-carbon cast-iron discs use a slotted face that helps clear water, sand and mud while keeping braking smooth. Each disc is checked for run-out and thickness variation during manufacture, rather than relying on a sample from the batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoose your pads and caliper finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePB01 is the standard high-performance compound: a balanced choice for 4x4 and sport-truck use, with good fade resistance and smooth, quiet operation for a performance pad. The friction surfaces are factory-scorched to shorten bedding-in, although you still need to follow the supplied bedding procedure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose PB05 for a further step up in performance, fade resistance and wear life over PB01, on vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM. GVM is the maximum permitted total vehicle mass, rather than the weight you happen to be carrying today. The selected compound is supplied with your kit; you choose the one that suits how you use the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed uses a type-2 anodise for a brighter finish behind the wheels. Grey uses the more durable type-3 hard anodise for an understated appearance and tougher surface. The colour changes the finish, while both choices retain the same caliper design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor your Land Cruiser 250, match the Calipers selection to the S14WK or S15WG marking on the original front calipers. These are two fitting configurations, so neither is a higher-performance grade. Then select your colour and pad compound.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eCalipers\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eBrake Pads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eCaliper and disc\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003ePad use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6L-TOY12F-toyota-8E88EA2D-R-PB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS14WK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6L 370 x 34 mm, one-piece, 56 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6L-TOY12F-toyota-8E88EA2D-G-PB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS14WK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6L 370 x 34 mm, one-piece, 56 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6L-TOY12F-toyota-FDE081C0-R-PB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS15WG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6L 370 x 34 mm, one-piece, 56 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6L-TOY12F-toyota-FDE081C0-G-PB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS15WG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6L 370 x 34 mm, one-piece, 56 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6L-TOY12F-toyota-8E88EA2D-R-PB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS14WK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6L 370 x 34 mm, one-piece, 56 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,500 kg GVM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6L-TOY12F-toyota-8E88EA2D-G-PB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS14WK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6L 370 x 34 mm, one-piece, 56 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,500 kg GVM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6L-TOY12F-toyota-FDE081C0-R-PB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS15WG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6L 370 x 34 mm, one-piece, 56 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,500 kg GVM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6L-TOY12F-toyota-FDE081C0-G-PB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS15WG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB05\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6L 370 x 34 mm, one-piece, 56 directional vanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3,500 kg GVM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eVehicle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eChassis \/ generation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eModel years\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eApplication market\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eKit reference\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLandcruiser Prado 250 (with S14WK caliper)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJ250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2024+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEUR\/SA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6L \/ TOY12F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLandcruiser Prado 250 (with S14WK caliper)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJ250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2024+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6L \/ TOY12F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLandcruiser Prado 250 (with S15WG caliper)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJ250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2024+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEUR\/SA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6L \/ TOY12F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLandcruiser Prado 250 (with S15WG caliper)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJ250\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2024+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6L \/ TOY12F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the fitment table to match your vehicle, market and model year, including any original caliper, wheel or booster details listed for the application.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat comes with the kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA pair of X-Line six-piston billet front calipers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront slotted discs in the selected kit specification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour selected pad compound, pre-loaded with anti-squeal shims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBillet caliper mounting brackets with stainless thread inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel braided front hoses with PTFE lining and protective outer covering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit mounting hardware, fitting instructions and bedding-in instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWheel clearance and installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eHave the exact kit checked against your wheels before ordering, including any spare you may use on the front. Wheel diameter alone cannot confirm clearance: the spokes, barrel shape, offset and balance weights all matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting, thorough bleeding and correct bedding-in are part of getting the pedal feel you bought the kit for. Use glycol-based DOT 4 or higher brake fluid as required by the fitting instructions, and arrange the follow-up service bleed. Retained air can affect the feel of newly fitted calipers, even after the initial bleed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/powerbrake.co.za\/downloads\/A_General_X-Line_BBK_Installation_Instructions_v8.pdf\"\u003eRead the X-Line fitting, bedding-in and service guide\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLooking after your new brakes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximum Temperature Recording markings on the discs and calipers leave a permanent record of the highest temperatures reached. That gives your workshop useful information when choosing future pad compounds and fluid or checking whether your use is creating more heat than expected. It is a record to inspect after driving, rather than a live temperature display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect pad thickness, disc condition and hose routing during normal servicing. Replacement pads need to match the Powerbrake caliper profile, so keep your kit reference and assembly guide with the vehicle. The upgrade improves the brake hardware; the permitted towing, payload and axle limits still come from your vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand \/ range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowerbrake X-Line Stage 1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePosition \/ scope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete front-axle conversion; front left and right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee the market-specific Vehicle Fitment table above\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCalipers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX-Line six-piston billet aluminium; stainless steel pistons\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiscs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eX6L: 370 x 34 mm one-piece, 56 curved directional vanes per disc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisc material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-carbon cast iron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePB01 standard high-performance compound, or PB05 ultra-high-performance compound for vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM; supplied pre-loaded as selected\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCaliper finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed type-2 anodise or Grey type-3 hard anodise\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoses\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel braided; PTFE lining, protective outer layer and stainless end fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBillet aluminium with stainless thread inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature recording\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMTR maximum-temperature recording on discs and calipers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoad and normal off-road use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy a complete kit rather than just different pads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou are changing the calipers, disc capacity and hose construction together. That makes sense when you want a more positive pedal and improved heat management, especially as equipment, towing or heavier wheel-and-tyre combinations add to the braking demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs Stage 1 a good choice for a road-driven vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Stage 1 is our recommendation for road and normal off-road use. You get the six-piston billet calipers, one-piece discs, pads and braided hoses in a matched front conversion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich pad compound should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePB01 is the balanced standard performance compound. PB05 adds performance, fade resistance and wear life over PB01 for vehicles up to 3,500 kg GVM; choose it where those benefits suit your driving and the vehicle's permitted mass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the pads, hoses and brackets included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The front calipers, discs, your selected pads, braided hoses, mounting brackets and kit hardware are supplied together. Plan separately for professional fitting and the brake fluid required during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit behind my wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe exact kit must clear the spokes, barrel and balance weights on your actual wheels. Check the matching template or arrange an exact kit-clearance check before ordering, including the spare if it may be used on the front.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it cure a spongy or sinking pedal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X-Line hardware is designed to improve pedal feel and modulation. A newly deteriorating pedal, fluid leak or sinking pedal needs diagnosis and repair first; once the system is healthy, the kit is an upgrade to how the brakes perform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty comes with the kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Powerbrake manufacturer warranty covers defects in workmanship or materials for 12 months or 20,000 km, whichever comes first. Normal wear, incorrect fitting, misuse, motorsport and track-day use are excluded. Cover is also void if a disc exceeds 630 degrees C or a caliper exceeds 200 degrees C, recorded by the MTR markings. Check the linked fitting guide for the full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Powerbrake","offers":[{"title":"S14WK \/ Red \/ PB01","offer_id":52636107538774,"sku":"X6L-TOY12F-toyota-8E88EA2D-R-PB01","price":3300.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"S14WK \/ Grey \/ PB01","offer_id":52636107571542,"sku":"X6L-TOY12F-toyota-8E88EA2D-G-PB01","price":3300.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"S15WG \/ Red \/ PB01","offer_id":52636400517462,"sku":"X6L-TOY12F-toyota-FDE081C0-R-PB01","price":3300.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"S15WG \/ Grey \/ PB01","offer_id":52636400550230,"sku":"X6L-TOY12F-toyota-FDE081C0-G-PB01","price":3300.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"S14WK \/ Red \/ PB05","offer_id":55654287835478,"sku":"X6L-TOY12F-toyota-8E88EA2D-R-PB05","price":3558.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"S14WK \/ Grey \/ PB05","offer_id":55654287868246,"sku":"X6L-TOY12F-toyota-8E88EA2D-G-PB05","price":3558.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"S15WG \/ Red \/ PB05","offer_id":55654287901014,"sku":"X6L-TOY12F-toyota-FDE081C0-R-PB05","price":3558.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"S15WG \/ Grey \/ PB05","offer_id":55654287933782,"sku":"X6L-TOY12F-toyota-FDE081C0-G-PB05","price":3558.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/Grey2_cb3889af-07f1-4a5b-8bc2-62ff12cd8104.png?v=1771180160"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-medium-load-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"ARB OME BP-51 Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 40 mm Lift Kit, 0-300 kg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmoother driving on rough roads and tracks.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis BP-51 kit gives the 2023+ Ranger Mk8 Double Cab a 40 mm lift and adjustable internal-bypass shocks. The 0-300 kg constant-load spring specification suits a lightly equipped truck. It is a way to improve ride comfort and control without fitting springs intended for a much heavier permanent load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSKU \/ part number: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51LFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBetter control over bumps\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBP-51 allows the suspension to move more freely around its normal ride height, helping soften smaller bumps. As it approaches full compression or extension, the damping increases to slow the movement. Internal bypass passages control the oil flow, allowing the shocks to provide a comfortable response to smaller bumps while controlling larger suspension movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version is designed for 0-300 kg of constant additional rear load. Include equipment and cargo normally carried at the rear, such as a canopy, drawers, tools or camping gear. The weight of occasional luggage alone is not a reason to choose heavier springs. Springs that are too stiff for your usual load can make the ride less comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjusting compression and rebound\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression adjustment changes how strongly the shock resists being compressed by a bump. Rebound adjustment changes how it controls the suspension as it extends again. You can adjust the two separately with the shocks fitted. Start with the settings supplied for your vehicle, then make small changes to suit the ride you prefer. The adjusters are on the shocks themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront coils and 2 front BP-51 shocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 rear leaf springs and 2 rear BP-51 shocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreasable shackles, 2 spring-bush kits and 4 U-bolts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriveline spacer kit and bump-stop adapters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eKit reference: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51LFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIf your usual load is different\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the same Ranger generation and Double Cab application, compare the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-300kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e300-600 kg Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-600kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e600 kg+ Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose around your normal carried weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting and wheel alignment are recommended. Set the spring preload and damping for the vehicle configuration, then check clearances and the final ride height with the normal load aboard. The quoted lift is a kit specification; the final height depends on the vehicle and its equipment. This kit does not itself increase the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Old Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP-51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSABP51LFORA8DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab, 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstant additional rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0-300 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bypass, position-sensitive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard-anodised 6061 aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent external compression and rebound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does constant load mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe additional weight normally carried at the rear, including permanent accessories and regular load-bed cargo. This kit is rated for 0-300 kg; choose the spring specification around that everyday weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the strongest springs give me the best ride?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Springs intended for a much heavier constant load can be the wrong choice for a lightly equipped truck. The right spring rate and sensible damping settings matter more than choosing the highest number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it without removing the shocks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compression and rebound can be adjusted independently with the shocks installed. You access the adjusters at the shocks; this is not electronic in-cab adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the lift increase my payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A suspension lift and load-matched springs do not, by themselves, change the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the Ranger Raptor suspension kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the specified Ranger Mk8 Double Cab kit. The Raptor has a different suspension layout.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648123040086,"sku":"XSABP51LFORA8DK","price":3626.56,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/BPR1.png?v=1763753693"},{"product_id":"old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-600kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards","title":"ARB OME BP-51 Ford Ranger Mk8 Double Cab 40 mm Lift Kit, 600 kg+","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBetter ride comfort with heavy equipment on board.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis BP-51 kit is for a 2023+ Ranger Mk8 Double Cab carrying 600 kg or more of constant additional rear load. It combines springs suited to that weight with adjustable shocks and a 40 mm lift. If your Ranger carries heavy equipment every day, the right spring rate and damping can make it more comfortable to drive and better controlled over rough ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSKU \/ part number: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51HFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBetter control over bumps\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBP-51 allows the suspension to move more freely around its normal ride height, helping soften smaller bumps. As it approaches full compression or extension, the damping increases to slow the movement. Internal bypass passages control the oil flow, allowing the shocks to provide a comfortable response to smaller bumps while controlling larger suspension movements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the right spring rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version is designed for 600 kg+ of constant additional rear load. Include equipment and cargo normally carried at the rear, such as a canopy, drawers, tools or camping gear. The weight of occasional luggage alone is not a reason to choose heavier springs. Springs that are too stiff for your usual load can make the ride less comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjusting compression and rebound\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompression adjustment changes how strongly the shock resists being compressed by a bump. Rebound adjustment changes how it controls the suspension as it extends again. You can adjust the two separately with the shocks fitted. Start with the settings supplied for your vehicle, then make small changes to suit the ride you prefer. The adjusters are on the shocks themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 front coil-over assemblies and 2 rear BP-51 shocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 rear leaf springs, 2 spring-bush kits and a greasable-shackle kit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 U-bolts, 2 BP-51 fitting kits, a driveline spacer kit and bump-stop adapters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eKit reference: \u003cstrong\u003eXSABP51HFORA8DK\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eIf your usual load is different\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the same Ranger generation and Double Cab application, compare the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-medium-load-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e0-300 kg Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/products\/old-man-emu-bp-51-suspension-kit-300kg-constant-40mm-lift-ford-ranger-mk8-2023-onwards\"\u003e300-600 kg Mk8 kit\u003c\/a\u003e. Choose around your normal carried weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eProfessional fitting and wheel alignment are recommended. Set the spring preload and damping for the vehicle configuration, then check clearances and the final ride height with the normal load aboard. The quoted lift is a kit specification; the final height depends on the vehicle and its equipment. This kit does not itself increase the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"table-scroll\"\u003e\u003ctable class=\"technical-specifications\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eARB Old Man Emu\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBP-51\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXSABP51HFORA8DK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Mk8 Double Cab, 2023+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNominal lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstant additional rear load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 kg+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper bore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDamper construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal bypass, position-sensitive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard-anodised 6061 aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent external compression and rebound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does constant load mean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe additional weight normally carried at the rear, including permanent accessories and regular load-bed cargo. This kit is rated for 600 kg+; choose the spring specification around that everyday weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the strongest springs give me the best ride?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Springs intended for a much heavier constant load can be the wrong choice for a lightly equipped truck. The right spring rate and sensible damping settings matter more than choosing the highest number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it without removing the shocks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compression and rebound can be adjusted independently with the shocks installed. You access the adjusters at the shocks; this is not electronic in-cab adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the lift increase my payload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A suspension lift and load-matched springs do not, by themselves, change the vehicle's permitted payload or axle limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the Ranger Raptor suspension kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the specified Ranger Mk8 Double Cab kit. The Raptor has a different suspension layout.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ARB","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52648146239830,"sku":"XSABP51HFORA8DK","price":3936.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/files\/BPR1.png?v=1763753693"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0952\/1849\/9926\/collections\/performance_parts.png?v=1785415619","url":"https:\/\/hooniesadrenaline.co.uk\/collections\/performance-parts.oembed?page=128","provider":"Hoonies Adrenaline","version":"1.0","type":"link"}